Bosch Appliances Home Security System DS7400XI User Manual

Reference Guide  
for the DS7400Xi (Ver. 4+)  
Control/Communicator  
Armed  
Armed  
Status  
Perimeter  
Status  
Power  
Fire  
Supervisory  
Bell Silenced  
Trouble  
1
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Power  
Fire  
16  
14 15  
12 13  
10 11  
TEST WEEKLY  
TEST WEEKLY  
On  
Off  
On  
Off  
1
2
3
1
2
3
Perimeter  
Only  
Perimeter  
Only  
4
7
5
8
6
9
4
7
5
8
6
9
No  
Entry  
No  
Entry  
Bypass  
Bypass  
0
#
0
#
*
*
System  
Reset  
System  
Reset  
DS7445/DS7445i  
DS7447/DS7447E  
Keypad Quick Reference Guide  
Turning On (arming) your System using the DS7445/DS7445i  
or DS7447/DS7447E Keypad  
Commands for other System Features  
Chime Mode  
[PIN] + [#] [7]  
Normal Arming  
[PIN] + [On]  
System Walk Test  
Read Event History  
Battery Test  
[PIN] + [#] [8] [1]  
Perimeter Arming, no entry delay  
[PIN] + [No Entry] +  
[Perimeter Only]  
[PIN] + [#] [8] [9]  
[PIN] + [System Reset]  
[PIN] + [#] [8] [2]  
Perimeter Arming, with entry delay  
Maximum Security Arming  
Custom Arming  
[PIN] + [Perimeter Only]  
[PIN] + [No Entry] + [On]  
[PIN] + [#] [4]  
Communicator Test  
Fire Reset  
[PIN] + [System Reset]  
[PIN] + [#][8] [3]  
Remote Program Dial-out  
Set Delayed Arming  
[PIN] + [#] [9] [9] and enter  
number of hours from Remote Program Answer  
[PIN] + [#] [8] [6]  
current time to the desired  
Battery/Sounder Test  
arming time.  
[PIN] + [#] [8] [5]  
Error Display  
[PIN] + [#] [8] [7]  
Extend Automatic Arming  
Force Arming  
[PIN] + [OFF] during pre-  
arm time  
Error Display Reset  
[PIN] + [System Reset]  
[PIN] + [#] [9] [1]  
Enter  
an  
arming Fire Walk Test  
command followed by  
[Bypass]  
To Silence a Fire Trouble/Alarm  
To Clear a Fire Trouble Display  
Access Control  
[PIN] + [Off]  
[PIN] + [System Reset]  
Zone Bypass  
[PIN] + [Bypass] followed  
by the Zone number.  
[PIN] +[Bypass] [*] to clear  
ALL Bypasses.  
Enter your [Access Control PIN] followed by [Off]  
Turning Off (disarming) your System  
Enter your [PIN] followed by [Off]  
NOTE: For additional information on operating this system, consult the DS7400Xi (Ver. 4+) User’s Guide (P/N: 43851) and section 7  
of this Reference Guide.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.16 Commercial Fire Mode Programming:  
Program Addresses (0545-2720, 5001-6920) .......... 69  
10.41.1  
Alpha Description Programming:  
A Worksheet ................................................... 70  
Program Address (2733) ............................................. 48  
10.17 Open/Close Report Control Programming:  
Program Address (3149) ............................................. 49  
10.18 Open/Close & Zone Report Control Programming:  
Program Address (3151) ............................................. 49  
10.19 Report Control Programming:  
Program Address (3152) ............................................. 49  
10.20 Timer Programming:  
Program Addresses (4028-4030, 4032-4033) .......... 50  
10.21 AC Fail Report Delay Programming:  
10.42 Phone Number Programming:  
Program Addresses (3159, 3175, 3191).................... 74  
10.42.1  
10.42.2  
10.42.3  
Phone Number 1 Programming:  
Program Address (3159) ................................. 74  
Phone Number 2 Programming:  
Program Address (3175) ................................. 74  
Phone Number 3 Programming:  
Program Address (3191) ................................. 74  
11.0 Installation Guide for UL Listed Systems ............ 75  
11.1 DS7400Xi UL Listings:................................................ 75  
Program Address (4034) ............................................. 50  
10.22 General Authority Programming:  
Program Address (3421-3424) ................................... 51  
10.23 Arming Warning Programming:  
11.1.1  
UL System Configurations ................................ 75  
11.2 Installation Considerations ......................................... 76  
11.3 Programming the DS7400Xi ....................................... 76  
Program Addresses (3425-3428)............................... 51  
10.24 DS7412 RS232 Interface Control Programming:  
Program Address (4019) ............................................. 52  
10.25 DS7412 RS232 Interface Configuration Programming:  
Program Address (4020) ............................................. 52  
10.26 RS232 Carriage Return/Line Feed Control:  
Program Address (4027) ............................................. 52  
10.27 Report Programming:  
Program Addresses (3207-3419)............................... 53  
10.28 Phone/DS7416i Routing Control:  
Program Addresses (3153-3154)............................... 55  
10.29 Account Code Programming:  
11.3.1  
Household Fire Alarm Using Digital Alarm  
Communicator Transmitter With Local Bell ........ 76  
Grade A Household Burglary Alarm Using Digital  
Alarm Communicator Transmitter With Local Bell 76  
11.3.2  
11.4 General System Requirements .................................. 76  
11.4.1  
11.4.2  
11.4.3  
Local Burglary Alarm ....................................... 77  
Police Station Connection ................................. 77  
Central Station Burglary Alarm and  
Proprietary ....................................................... 77  
11.5 Commercial Fire Alarm................................................ 77  
11.6 Wiring and Programming Information for Installations  
Using the Ademco AB-12 Bell/Housing ...................... 78  
Program Addresses (3429-3459)............................... 56  
10.30 Phone Number General Control Programming:  
Program Address (3155) ............................................. 57  
10.31 Phone Number Format Programming:  
12.0 Report Programming .............................................. 79  
12.1 4/2 Format .................................................................... 79  
12.2 BFSK Format ................................................................ 80  
12.3 Personal Dialing Format ............................................. 81  
12.4 Pager Format ............................................................... 81  
Program Addresses (3156-3157)............................... 57  
10.31.1  
Compatible Receivers ...................................... 58  
10.32 Phone Answering Programming:  
Program Address (3158) ............................................. 58  
10.33 Pager Delay Time:  
Program Address (4038) ............................................. 59  
10.34 Programmer’s and Master Code Programming:  
Program Addresses (7589-7592)............................... 59  
10.35 PIN Length Programming:  
13.0 Report Programming - Values Sent ..................... 83  
13.1 SIA Formats .................................................................. 83  
13.2 CID Formats ................................................................. 85  
14.0 Multiplex Zone Addressing Guide ........................ 86  
15.0 Troubleshooting Guide ........................................... 87  
15.1 Keypad Problems ........................................................ 87  
15.2 Reporting Problems .................................................... 88  
15.3 Zone Problems ............................................................ 88  
15.4 General System Problems .......................................... 89  
Program Address (3478) ............................................. 59  
10.36 Octal Relay Module Output Programming .................. 60  
10.36.1  
10.36.2  
10.36.3  
10.36.4  
10.36.5  
Follow Action:  
Program Addresses (2740-2771)..................... 60  
Follow System Wide Event:  
Program Addresses (2740-2771)..................... 61  
Follow Function:  
Program Addresses (2740-2771)..................... 62  
Follow Zone:  
Program Addresses (2740-2771)..................... 63  
Octal Relay Module Output Partition Assignment:  
Program Addresses (2844-2851)..................... 65  
16.0 Program Addresses ................................................. 93  
Index ................................................................................ 99  
10.37 Output Function Programming:  
Program Addresses (2772-2843)............................... 66  
10.37.1  
Output Function Partition Assignment:  
Program Addresses (2852-2863)..................... 67  
10.38 Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module Output  
Programming:  
Program Address (4021) ............................................. 67  
10.39 Call-Out Timer Programming:  
Program Addresses (4022-4025)............................... 68  
10.40 Test Report and Remote Programmer Call-Out  
Programming:  
Program Address (4026) ............................................. 68  
10.41 Alpha Description Programming:  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: Fire Systems installed under NFPA-72 or UL Listed Fire  
1.0  
1.1  
Specifications  
Enclosure Housing  
Systems require the use of 18 AWG or larger wire.  
1.7  
Communicator  
The standard enclosure is manufactured from 20 Guage (1.0 mm),  
cold-rolled steel, and measures 12.5 by 14.5 by 3 inch (31.8 by  
36.8 by 7.6 cm) (HxWxD). A keyed lock is included, and this enclosure  
has provision for an optional tamper switch (required for  
commercial burglary applications) for monitoring the door.  
Will report to two phone numbers with full single, double and back-  
up reporting. Communicates in SIA (110 or 300 baud), 3/1, 3/1 Ext.,  
3/1 with Parity, 3/1 Ext. with Parity, 4/1, 4/2, BFSK, Contact ID, and  
Pager formats.  
FCC Registration Number is ESVUSA-75333-AL-E  
The ringer equivalence is 0.1B  
Commercial Fire CSFM Listing Number is 7165-1062:113  
Residential Fire CSFM Listing Number is 7167-1062:114  
1.2  
Storage and Operating Temperature  
Temperature: +32°F to +120°F (0°C to +49°C)  
1.3  
Power  
1.8  
Partitions  
The system has the capacity for 8 independent partitions. One  
partition may be a common area.  
NOTE: The total current output capacity for all auxiliary devices,  
including keypads and smoke detectors = 1.5 A standby,  
2.5 A alarm. The following ratings are maximum values.  
The total combined output cannot exceed the maximum  
load current.  
1.9  
Users  
The DS7400Xi Ver 4+ system allows up to 200 individual users.  
Each user will have his own PIN number (the 4- or 6-digit code  
entered at the keypads) and his own authority level (to determine  
which functions he may perform).  
• Input power:  
• Auxiliary power:  
• UL Listed Alarm Power Output: 12 VDC, 1.75 A max.  
• Auxiliary power voltage range: 12 V special application  
• Optional Standby battery (P334): 12 V, 7.0 Ah - 35 Ah max.  
18 VAC, 50 VA, 50 Hz./60 Hz.  
12 VDC, 1.0 A max.  
• Control panel current draw:  
175 mA, Standby  
250 mA, Alarm  
1.10 Lightning Protection  
MOVs and spark gaps provide protection from lightning surges  
and static discharges.  
1.4  
Outputs  
• Alarm Output:  
12 VDC, 1.75 A output. Can be programmed  
for steady or pulsed output.  
• Programmable Solid state current sink (1.0 A max.). Shorts to  
Aux. negative when activated. Connect device  
1.11 Burglar/Fire Zone Inputs  
• Number of circuits:  
8 Circuits on-board  
2.2 kΩ (P/N 25899, provided)  
60 ohms  
to Aux. power positive. Can be used for alarm,  
• End-of-line resistor:  
• Loop resistance tolerance:  
Output 1*  
arming state, or access control.** This output  
is generally programmable.  
• Programmable Solid state voltage source (500 mA max.). Can  
be used for alarm, arming state, or access  
1.12 Fire Signal Initiating Circuit (2-wire mode)  
control.** This output is generally  
programmable. For use with such compatible  
Fire circuit will work with 2- or 4-wire detectors and has optional  
alarm verification.  
Output 2*  
devices as the Listed DS250 with a 4-wire  
base.  
* = Current draw should be subtracted from either maximum  
auxiliary or maximum alarm current draw.  
** = Not investigated to the requirements of UL294.  
• Number of circuits:  
• Type of circuit:  
• End-of-line resistor:  
• Supervisory current:  
8 Circuits on-board  
Class B, latching  
2.2 kΩ (P/N 25899, provided)  
5.5 mA  
• Maximum short circuit current: 22 mA  
• Maximum line resistance:  
• Circuit voltage range:  
Total detector standby current: 2.5 mA  
60 ohms  
8.5 to 14.1 VDC  
1.5  
Zones  
• 8 on-board zones. Up to 248 total zones with expansion modules.  
• Zone Response Time: 300 ms.  
1.13 Multiplex Bus Wiring Requirements  
1.6  
Keypads  
NOTE: Do not use twisted-pair or shielded cable. Do not share  
• Maximum # of keypads:  
• Maximum wire length each: 1000 feet (305 m)  
15 Keypads  
cable with the keypad lines.  
• Maximum wire length total: 6000 feet (1830 m) in system  
• #22 AWG (0.8 mm). Up to 2000 feet (610 m) per system.  
• #18 AWG (1.0 mm). Up to 5000 feet (1525 m) per system.  
• Wire type:  
4 conductor, unshielded, #22 AWG  
(0.8 mm) “Telephone quad” or #18  
AWG (1.0 mm) quad wiring can be  
home-run or daisy- chained.  
1.13.1 Multiplex Zone Loop Wiring  
• Maximum wire length not to exceed 500 feet (150m) regardless  
of the wire gauge.  
NOTE: No more than 2 keypads (#22 AWG) or 3 keypads (#18  
AWG) are recommended on any 1000 foot (305 m) run.  
NOTE: Shared cable is not recommended for keypad, multiplex,  
options bus, telephone, or siren wiring.  
1.14 Option Bus Wiring Requirements  
• Maximum wire length 1000 feet (305 m) per home-run.  
Page 4  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
1.15 Max. Load Currents  
Max. Load Currents  
Standby  
1.5 A  
Alarm  
UL Installations  
2.5 A  
Maximum Current By Output:  
Not to exceed the maximum load currents listed above in Standby or Alarm  
Aux. Power & Keypad (Combined)  
Option Power  
1.0 A  
1.0 A  
1.0 A  
1.0 A  
1.16 Backup Battery Calculation  
Bell Output  
X
1.75 A  
500 mA  
500 mA  
Programmable Output 2  
Loop Power +  
500 mA  
500 mA  
• The following table is used to calculate the standby battery  
capacity required by NFPA when using the DS7400Xi:  
Quantity  
Device  
Standby Current  
Total Standby  
Alarm Current  
Total Alarm  
per Device  
Current  
(Quantity x Standby  
Current per Device)  
per Device  
Current  
(Quantity x Alarm  
Current per Device)  
DS7400Xi (4+) Control Panel  
DS7416i Advanced Radio Communications Module  
DS7412 - RS232 Serial Interface Module  
DS7420i -Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module  
DS7430 – Multiplex Expansion Module  
DS7432 – 8-Input Remote Module  
DS7433 – 8-Input Direct Module  
DS7436 – Dual Multiplex Expansion Module  
DS7445/DS7445i Keypad  
1
175 mA  
127 mA  
35 mA max.  
20 mA  
65 mA  
10 mA  
65 mA  
130 mA  
75 mA  
175 mA  
250 mA  
127 mA  
35 mA max.  
140 mA  
65 mA  
250 mA  
10 mA  
80 mA*  
130 mA  
75 mA  
DS7447/ DS7447E Keypad  
100 mA  
80 mA  
100 mA  
100 mA  
DS7448 Keypad  
DS7450, DS7452, DS7455 Contact Points  
DS7457 – Single Zone Multiplex Input Module  
DS7460 – Dual Zone Module  
μ
μ
1 mA  
μ
A
350  
350  
A
A
350  
350  
μ
A
1 mA  
DS7465 – Input/Output Module  
DS7480 – Bell Supervision Module  
DS7481 – Single Phone Line Monitor  
DS7488 – Octal Relay Module**  
DS7489 – Solid State Output Module  
MX280 Series Multiplex Smoke Detectors  
MX540 (DS7473) PIR Detector  
MX835 TriTech® PIR/Microwave Detector  
MX775 (DS7470) PIR Detector  
MX794 (DS7474) PIR Detector  
MX934 (DS7471) PIR Detector  
MX938 (DS7472) PIR Detector  
MX950 (DS7476) TriTech® PIR/Microwave Detector  
RF3222 Wireless Receivers  
1 mA  
7 mA  
20 mA  
10 mA + 40 mA**  
10 mA  
1 mA  
50 mA  
20 mA  
10 mA + 40 mA**  
750 mA max.***  
μ
A
μ
A
μ
A
μ
A
500  
800  
560  
800  
6 mA  
35 mA  
μ
A
μ
A
μ
A
μ
A
μ
A
200  
800  
200  
200  
200  
800  
200  
200  
μ
A
μ
A
μ
A
6 mA  
30 mA  
35 mA  
30 mA  
2-Wire Smoke Detectors  
4-Wire Smoke Detectors  
Bells, Horns, etc.  
Other Sensors  
Other  
Grand Total  
Grand Total  
* = Add 15 mA for each additional zone in alarm.  
** = When calculating Standby and Alarm Current for the Octal Relay Module, use 10 mA plus 40 mA for each activated relay.  
*** = Maximum current draw if using the DS7400Xi Panel power supply. Total of all outputs cannot exceed 750 mA.  
1.17 Standby Current Load  
• Battery Ah - (20% Storage + 0.375 Ah Alarm)  
• The following table is the derated battery divided by hours minus the control standby (175 mA):  
Rechargeable  
Battery Size  
7 Ah  
Max. Standby  
for 4 hours  
1.0 A  
Max. Standby  
for 8 hours  
470 mA  
580 mA  
1.1 A  
Max. Standby  
for 24 hours  
X
Max. Standby  
for 48 hours  
X
Max. Standby  
for 60 hours  
Max. Standby  
for 72 hours  
Max. Standby  
for 80 hours  
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
8 Ah  
14 Ah  
15 Ah  
17.2 Ah  
21 Ah  
28 Ah  
30 Ah  
35 Ah  
1.2 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
X
X
X
X
270 mA  
300 mA  
380 mA  
500 mA  
740 mA  
800 mA  
970 mA  
1.2 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
1.5 A  
100 mA  
160 mA  
280 mA  
310 mA  
400 mA  
100 mA  
190 mA  
210 mA  
280 mA  
X
X
130 mA  
150 mA  
200 mA  
100 mA  
120 mA  
170 mA  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• DS7447/DS7447E: Control Station. (15 Keypads max. per  
system)  
1.18 Options  
DS7412: RS232 Serial Interface module.  
The DS7447/DS7447E is an Alpha-Numeric LCD  
keypad. It displays information on various control  
panel functions. A built-in sounder is used as an  
interior warning device and to annunciate keystroke  
entries.  
• Current Draw = 100 mA, Standby; 100 mA, Alarm.  
• Keypad Access Output: The DS7447/DS7447E  
Alpha Keypad will provide a ten (10) second access  
relay output if equipped with the optional K800 Relay.  
The relay will energize at the keypad if the user has a  
master, unlimited, general, or access PIN. The output  
will change only if the user has access to the partition  
assigned to the keypad. See the DS7445/DS7447  
Keypad Installation Instructions (P/N: 22235) or the  
DS7445/DS7445i/DS7447E Installation Instructions  
(P/N: 4998138630) for wiring information.  
The DS7412 module allows the panel to send event  
information, in an ASCII format, directly to a serial  
printer or computer. In addition, the interface allows  
the direct connection of a computer to the panel for  
programming via the WDSRP programming software.  
• Current Draw= 25 mA; 35 mA with LEDs on.  
• DS7416i: Advanced Radio Communications Module provides  
a means of communicating alarm and supervision  
signals using the Motient radio network. This can  
be a replacement for, or a complement to, the  
standard digital communicator.  
• Current draw = 127 mA Standby and Alarm.  
• DS7420i: Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module (1 per  
system).  
The DS7420i allows the control to be used in NFPA  
72 installations. It provides two supervised 12.0 VDC  
signaling outputs, one Class A (Style D) input zone,  
and dual phone line transmission and supervision.  
• Current Draw = 20 mA Standby; 140 mA Alarm.  
DS7448: Control Station. (15 Keypads max. per system)  
The DS7448 is a four-wire LCD annunciator  
keypad. It has a Silence key and a Reset key used  
for controlling annunciator and control panel  
operation, a Keylock Switch that can be used to  
lock out the annunciator to prevent unwanted  
silencing or resetting of the control panel, and a  
two-line, 16-character Display capable of showing  
all messages normally displayed on a DS7447/  
DS7447E keypad.  
• DS7430: Multiplex Expansion Module (1 per system).  
The DS7430 provides a two-wire multiplex bus for  
the connection of additional remote zones. It also  
supplies up to 200 mA for 4-wire multiplex devices  
such as the DS7432.  
• Current Draw = 65 mA, Standby; 65 mA, Alarm.  
• Current Draw = 80 mA, Standby; 100 mA, Alarm  
• DS7432: 8-Input Remote Module (up to 30 per system.  
Requires a DS7430 or DS7436 Multiplex Expansion  
Module).  
• DS7450: Flush Mount Single Multiplex Contact Point (requires  
a DS7430 Multiplex Expansion Module).  
The DS7450 is intended as a replacement for  
conventional dry contacts, and to report an actual  
multiplex address to the control panel. Occupies 1  
zone.  
The DS7432 provides a means of monitoring  
conventional Normally Open or Normally Closed  
contacts. It reports their status to the control panel  
as multiplex addresses. It occupies eight multiplex  
zones on the system and can monitor up to eight  
separate loops. It will support 4-wire smoke  
detectors.  
• Current Draw = 350 μA, Standby; 350 μA, Alarm.  
• DS7452: Surface Mount Single Multiplex Contact Point (requires  
a DS7430 Multiplex Expansion Module).  
The DS7452 is intended as a replacement for  
conventional dry contacts, and to report an actual  
multiplex address to the control panel. Occupies 1  
zone.  
• Current Draw = 10 mA; Standby. 10 mA, Alarm.  
• DS7433: 8-Input Direct Module (1 per system. Can not be used  
with the DS7430 or DS7436 Multiplex Expansion  
Modules).  
• Current Draw = 350 μA, Standby; 350 μA, Alarm.  
The DS7433 provides a means of expanding the  
system to include eight additional hard-wired zones.  
Each zone can support up to twenty 2-wire smoke  
detectors (can also support 4-wire smoke detectors).  
• Current Draw = 65 mA, Standby; 80 mA, Alarm.  
Add 15 mA for each additional zone in alarm.  
• DS7455: Surface Mount Single Multiplex Contact Point  
(requires a DS7430 Multiplex Expansion Module).  
The DS7455 is intended as a replacement for  
conventional dry contacts, and to report an actual  
multiplex address to the control panel. Occupies 1  
zone.  
DS7436: Multiplex Expansion Module. (1 per system.)  
The DS7436 provides two two-wire multiplex buses  
for the connection of up to 120 remote points. It  
also supplies 200 mA per bus.  
• Current Draw = 350 µA, Standby; 350 µA, Alarm.  
• DS7457: Single Zone Multiplex Input Module (requires a  
DS7430 Multiplex Expansion Module).  
• Current Draw = 130 mA, Standby or Alarm.  
The DS7457 provides a means of monitoring  
conventionally Normally Open or Normally Closed  
contacts. It reports their status to the control panel as  
multiplex addresses. It occupies one multiplex zone  
on the system and can monitor one loop. It also  
includes a tamper loop.  
• DS7445/DS7445i: Control Station. (15 Keypads max. per  
system). The DS7445/DS7445i is an LED keypad  
which has LEDs representing the first 8 zones of  
the system. It displays information on various  
control panel functions. A built in sounder is used  
as an interior warning device and to annunciate  
keystroke entries.  
• Current Draw = 350 μA, Standby; 350 μA, Alarm.  
• Current Draw = 75 mA, Standby; 75 mA, Alarm.  
Page 6  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• DS7460: Dual Zone Module (up to 60 per system. Requires a DS9484: The DS9484 is a Remote Notification Appliance  
DS7430 Multiplex Expansion Module).  
Circuit (NAC) Power Supply designed to add four  
additional NACs (NFPA 72 Class B, Style Y) to a  
Fire Alarm Control Panel (FACP). When connected  
to the Options Bus of the DS7400Xi, it can provide  
intelligent control of its individual outputs. It  
supplies 6 A of NAC power through four circuits to  
drive horn strobe loads. It is UL Listed as a fire  
accessory for use in Commercial fire applications  
and as a continuous-load power supply for auxiliary  
devices.  
The DS7460 provides a means of monitoring  
conventional Normally Open or Normally Closed  
contacts. It reports their status to the control panel as  
multiplex addresses. It occupies two multiplex zones  
on the system and can monitor up to two separate  
loops.  
• Current Draw = 1 mA, Standby; 1 mA, Alarm.  
• DS7465: Input/Output Module (up to 60 per system. Requires  
a DS7430 Multiplex Expansion Module).  
The DS7465 provides a Form “C” relay that may be  
programmed to activate on system events, and an  
input loop to monitor conventional Normally Open or  
Normally Closed contacts. It reports their status to  
the control panel as multiplex addresses.  
• Current Draw = 1 mA Standby; 1 mA with relay  
energized.  
• Current Draw = 150 mA, Standby; 6 A maximum,  
Alarm  
MX280:  
Multiplexed Photoelectric Smoke Detector (up to 120  
detectors may be used per system. Requires a  
DS7430 and occupies one multiplex zone). Detects  
smoke and automatically determines the detector’s  
sensitivity using the Detection Systems “Chamber  
Check” feature.  
• Occupies 2 zones.  
• Current Draw = 500 μA, Standby; 560 μA, Alarm.  
• DS7480: Bell Supervision Module (1 per system).  
The DS7480 provides a means of monitoring bells. It  
provides a supervised (polarity reversing) output relay  
to activate the bell. It also provides a Form “C” Bell  
Fault Output to be connected to the control panel.  
• Current Draw = 7 mA @ 12 VDC, Standby; 50 mA  
@ 12 VDC, Alarm.  
MX280TH: Multiplexed Photoelectric Smoke Detector with a  
135°F heat sensor (up to 120 detectors may be used  
per system. Requires a DS7430 and occupies one  
multiplex zone). Detects smoke and is equiped with  
a 135°F heat sensor for high temperature alarms.  
The Detection Systems “Chamber Check” feature  
automatically determines the detector’s sensitivity.  
• Current Draw = 500 μA, Standby; 560 μA, Alarm.  
• DS7481: Single Phone Line Monitor (1 per system).  
The DS7481 provides a means of monitoring a single MX280THL: Multiplexed Photoelectric Smoke Detector with a  
phone line for fault conditions. When a fault is  
detected, the DS7481 automatically closes its  
Normally Open relay contacts to provide a means of  
signaling the fault.  
135°F heat sensor and a 45°F freeze alarm (up to 60  
detectors may be used per system. Requires a  
DS7430 and occupies two multiplex zones). Detects  
smoke and is equiped with a 135°F heat sensor for  
high temperature alarms and a 45°F sensor for freeze  
alarms. Freeze alarms are reported separately from  
smoke and high temperature alarms. The Detection  
Systems “Chamber Check” feature automatically  
determines the detector’s sensitivity.  
• Current Draw = 20 mA, Standby; 20 mA, Alarm.  
• DS7488: Octal Relay Module (2 per system).  
The DS7488 provides 8 Form “C” relay outputs for  
addition to the system. The outputs are fully  
programmable and can be activated by system  
events. Each output operates individually of the other  
7 outputs for complete flexibility.  
• Current Draw = 500 μA, Standby; 560 μA, Alarm.  
• MX540:  
Multiplexed Passive Infrared (PIR) Intrusion Detector  
(DS7473) with a standard range of 40 by 50 feet (12  
by 15 meters). Requires a DS7430 and occupies  
one multiplex zone.  
• Current Draw = 10 mA + 40 mA for each relay  
when energized.  
• DS7489: Solid State Output Module (2 per system).  
• Current Draw = 200 μA, Standby; 2 mA, Alarm.  
The DS7489 is a Solid State Octal Driver Module that  
provides 8 open collector transistor outputs. The • MX835 TriTech Microwave/PIR Intrusion Detector with “Pet  
outputs are fully programmable and can be activated  
by system events. Each output operates individually  
of the other 7 outputs for complete flexibility. The  
DS7489 Module has not been investigated by  
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.  
Avoidance” technology and a standard range of 35 by  
35 feet (10.7m by 10.7 m). Requires a DS7430 and  
occupies one multiplex zone.  
• Current Draw = 6 mA, Standby; 35 mA in “Trouble”  
and Walk Test mode.  
• Current Draw = 10mA.  
• MX775 Multiplex Passive Infrared (PIR) Intrusion Detector with  
(DS7470) a standard range of 50 by 50 feet (15 m by  
15 m). Requires a DS7430 and occupies one multiplex  
zone.  
• Outputs: Provides a current sink (the output shorts  
to common (-) when activated). The maximum  
current draw for all 8 outputs combined cannot  
exceed 750 mA.  
• Current Draw = 200 μA, Standby; 2 mA in Walk  
Test mode.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
MX794 The MX794 is a Long Range Multiplex PIR intrusion  
(DS7474) Detector with Self-test. The standard ranges  
are 80 ft. by 50 ft. (24.0 m by 15.0 m) and 200 ft. by 10 ft.  
(61.0 m by 3.1 m). Requires a DS7430 and occupies  
one multiplex zone.  
2.0  
Enclosure Installation  
The DS7400Xi control/communicator and the enclosure are  
shipped together. The control, however, still needs to be installed  
into the enclosure. Hardware for mounting the enclosure to a wall,  
and the control to the enclosure is located in its own hardware  
pack.  
• Current Draw = 800 μA, Standby; 2 mA, Alarm.  
MX934 Multiplex Passive Infrared (PIR) intrusion detector with  
(DS7471) a standard range of 35 by 35 feet (10.7 m by  
10.7 m). Requires a DS7430 and occupies one multiplex  
zone.  
2.1  
Install the Enclosure  
• Use the enclosure as a template and mark the top mounting  
holes on the mounting surface.  
• Current Draw = 200 μA, Standby; 2 mA in Walk  
Test mode.  
• Pre-start the mounting screws for these two holes. Slide the  
enclosure onto these mounting screws so that the screws move  
up into the thinner section of the holes. Tighten the screws.  
• Screw in the remaining two screws in either set of bottom  
mounting holes.  
MX938 360° Ceiling Mount Multiplex PIR Intrusion Detector  
(DS7472) with a 60 foot (18.3 m) diameter range.  
Requires a DS7430 and occupies one multiplex zone.  
• Current Draw = 200 μA, Standby; 2.5 mA in Walk  
Test mode.  
• Knock out the desired wire entrances on the enclosure.  
2.2  
Install the Control/Communicator  
• MX950 Multiplex TriTech Microwave/PIR Intrusion Detector  
(DS7476) with motion monitor and antimask features  
and with a standard range of 50 by 50 feet (15 m by  
15 m). Requires a DS7430 and occupies one multi-  
plex zone.  
The control is static sensitive. Make sure you touch  
earth ground before handling the control. This will  
discharge any static electricity in your body. Example:  
Run the ground wire to the enclosure before handling  
the control. Then keep holding the ground wire while  
installing the control.  
• Current Draw = 6 mA, Standby; 35 mA in “Trouble”  
and Walk Test mode.  
• Insert the three support posts into the control retainer holes as  
shown in the diagram.  
RF3222: 120-zone Wireless Receiver. (up to two receivers  
per system. Requires use of a DS7430 or DS7436  
Multiplex Expansion Module.)  
• Slide the top of the control into the retainer tabs (the slots under  
the top frame).  
• Once in the retainer tabs, the control will rest on the three support  
posts.  
• Secure the bottom of the enclosure by screwing the bottom three  
holes through the support posts and through to the control  
retainer holes.  
See the DS7400Xi (4+) Wireless Reference Guide  
(P/N: 44575) for more information.  
• Current Draw = 30 mA  
The control/communicator is also available in three package for-  
mats. The packages include the following:  
Once the control is installed, be sure to connect its  
ground wire to the top hinge of the enclosure (the  
unpainted tab).  
• DS7400XiF: DS7400Xi in large red enclosure manufactured  
from 18 Guage (1.2 mm), cold-rolled steel,  
measuring 15.0 by 20.75 by 4.25 inch (38.1 by 52.7  
by 10.8 cm) (HxWxD).  
• DS7400XiFCP: DS7400XiF package with: DS7420i, DS7447/  
DS7447E and a AE-TR16  
• DS7400XiCC: DS7400Xi in an Attack Enclosure.  
When installing a ULListed system, refer to Section 11.0, Installation  
Guide for UL Listed Systems.  
Page 8  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Wiring  
The Battery Terminals and Wires are NOT Power Limited.  
the battery terminals, battery wiring and all other wiring. Battery wiring may not share the same conduit, conduit  
fittings or conduit knock-outs with other wiring.  
A ¼ in. (6.4 mm) spacing must be maintained between  
Option or  
Keypad Wires  
¼ in. (6.4 mm) Minimum  
Battery Wires  
Output or  
Zone Wires  
To ensure proper spacing  
secure wires using  
Tie-Wraps or similar devices  
Only required if  
external batteries  
are used  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
3.0  
Control Terminal Wiring  
TYPICAL BURGLAR AND FIRE WIRING  
Zone Loop +  
Input  
Zone Loop +  
Input  
Zone Loop + Aux. Power (—)  
Input or PO2 (terminal 5 or 7)  
Z–  
L+  
Z–  
L+  
Z–  
L+  
Before servicing, remove all power  
including the transformer, battery and  
phone line. A complete functional test  
is required after any programming.  
in  
out  
+
+
Power  
Alarm  
WARNING  
NO  
Incorrect connections may  
result in damage to the unit.  
NC  
CAUTION  
in  
out  
+
+
System is Power Limited except for  
battery terminals. All wiring entering  
this enclosure must be power limited.  
Power  
Alarm  
Typical 2-wire  
smoke detector  
wiring  
Typical burglar  
alarm loop wiring  
(for a list of  
compatible 2-wire  
smoke detectors,  
see Technical Service  
Note P/N 27685)  
A/C Power Indication LED  
End-of-Line  
Supervision Relay  
(e.g. Detection Systems’  
EOL200)  
EARTH GROUND:  
Must be connected to  
1
2
3
a good earth ground such as a cold water  
pipe and also connected to the cabinet cover,  
using the supplied wire jumper.  
Typical 4-wire smoke  
detector wiring.  
For example:  
A/C INPUT: Use U. L. listed, 18 VAC 50  
VA, class 2 transformer. Model TR-1850  
requires 50/60 Hz. unswitched dedicated  
outlet - do not share.  
Detection Systems’  
A
C
DS250 in an MB4W base.  
4
5
6
7
8
An appropriate two pole disconnect device must be installed  
by qualified service personnel, as part of the building installation.  
ALARM OUTPUT:  
Provides 12 VDC, special application, up to  
1.75 A for powering bells, siren drivers, etc.  
Function programmed in address 2734.  
A
CAUTION  
CAUTION  
AUXILIARY POWER:  
Provides 12 VDC, special application, up to  
1.0 A for powering detectors.  
Danger of explosion if battery is incorrectly replaced.  
Replace with the same or equivalent type  
recommended by the manufacturer.  
Dispose of used batteries according to the  
manufacturer's instructions.  
+
O
P
T
I
O
N
R
B
G
Y
OPTION BUS:  
Used for options such as the DS7416i  
Communications Module, the DS7420i Dual  
Phone Line Module, etc.  
PROGRAMMABLE OUTPUTS:  
PO1 shorts to aux. power negative when activated, PO1 can sink up to 1.0 A.  
PO1 function programmed in address 2735.  
Also for keypads #11 - #15.  
For Commercial Fire Mode: Option Bus wiring  
should be in conduit if run ouside the  
enclosure.  
PO2 supplies 12 V and up to 500 mA when activated.  
PO2 function programmed in address 2736.  
ZONES 1-8: Zones 1-8 are intended for connection of Normally  
Open or Normally Closed alarm contacts. They may also be used  
for compatible 2-wire smoke detectors. These zones require a  
KEYPAD BUS*:  
PHONE LINE:  
Up to 15 keypads**  
Ω
2.21k resistor (P/N 25899) at the end of the loop. Power is  
may be used. Can be  
momentarily removed from L+ after a [PIN] + [System Reset] or  
during a fire verification.  
Zone 1-8 assignments are programmed in address 0031-0038.  
“home-run” or  
“daisy-chained.”  
T
TH RH  
R
R
PO1 PO2  
L+  
L+  
L+  
L+  
1–  
2– 3–  
4– 5–  
6– 7–  
8–  
R
9
B
G
1
Y
G
B
S
10  
12 13 14 15 16  
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30  
Keypad  
(#1 - #10)  
Keypad  
(#1 - #10)  
* = Maximum wire length each: 1000 ft. (305 m).  
Maximum wire length total in system: 6000 ft. (1830 m) when using  
#22 AWG (0.8 mm) or #18 AWG (1.0 mm) cable.  
** = Keypads #1 - #10 connect to the Keypad Bus and keypads #11 - #15  
connect to the Option Bus.  
NOTE  
Shared cable is not recommended for keypad,  
multiplex, options bus, telephone, or siren wiring.  
Page 10  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
4.0  
Hardware Layout Example  
DS7416i  
Communications  
Module  
R
B
G
Y
+
+
+
+
1
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
POWER BUS  
POWER BUS  
Keypads #11 - #15 must be connected to  
the Options Bus. Keypads #1 - #10 must  
be connected to the Keypad Bus.  
DS7430  
Armed  
atu s  
o wer  
ir e  
Arme  
Stat  
Powe  
ir  
d
S
t
u
s
+
+
P
r
+
+
F
F
e
1
+
+
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Power Bus  
POWER BUS  
POWER BUS  
On  
On  
Off  
Off  
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
Perimete  
r
P
er i mete  
nly  
r
O
nly  
O
No  
Entry  
No  
Entr  
y
DS7432 8-Input  
Remote Modules  
Bypass  
By p as s  
DS7400Xi  
*
*
Syste  
m
S
y s tem  
Reset  
Reset  
Dry contact inputs  
47kΩ  
1
2
R
Armed  
atu s  
o wer  
ir e  
B
Option  
S
t
Ar
m
e
d
i
et er  
P
e
r
i
m
Bus  
P
3
4
G
Y
Statu  
s
Su  
p
er isory  
v
F
1
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
EOL  
l i
Bell Sile ce  
n
d
Po er  
ir  
w
e
F
T
r ou ble  
14 15 16  
10 11 12 13  
5
+
+
+
On  
Battery  
TEST WEEKLY  
On  
6
7
Off  
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
Bell Output  
8
1
2
3
Off  
Perimete  
r
O
nly  
9
Auxiliary  
Output  
P
er i mete  
r
nly  
O
4
5
6
10  
No  
Entry  
No  
7
8
Ent ry  
9
R
R
T
T
R
R
T
T
R
R
T
T
+
+
+
Bypass  
*
By p  
as  
s
*
0
#
1
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28  
Syste  
m
Reset  
y s t  
Reset  
S
em  
+
1
2
3
4
5
+
2
1
3
1
2
G
-
NO NC  
C
DS7488 Octal  
DS7420i Dual Phone  
Line/Bell Supervision  
Module  
Armed  
atu s  
o wer  
ir e  
BUS  
Arme  
d
Pe  
ri  
m
et er  
i
St  
Statu  
s
Su  
p
er isory  
v
P
1
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Pow er  
l i
n
Bell Sile ce d  
F
Relay Board  
T
r ou ble  
F
ir  
e
10 11 12 13 14 15 16  
TEST WEEKLY  
On  
On  
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
Off  
1
2
3
Off  
Perimete  
r
O
nly  
P
er i mete  
r
O
nly  
4
5
6
No  
Entry  
No  
E
ntry  
7
8
9
Bypass  
By p  
as  
s
DS7450/52 Series Contacts, DS7460 Input Modules,  
DS7465 Input/Output Modules, MX540, MX775,  
MX794, MX835, MX934, MX938, and MX950 motion  
detectors and MX280 Series Smoke Detectors  
*
0  
#  
*
Syste  
m
S
y s t e  
Reset  
m
Reset  
Battery  
Battery  
Armed  
atu s  
o wer  
ir e  
Arme  
i
et er  
d
Pe  
ri  
m
St  
Statu  
Po er  
s
Su  
p
er isory  
v
3
4
5
7
8
1
9
2
6
P
l i
Bell Sile ce  
r ou ble  
w
n
d
F
T
F
ire  
12 13 14 15 16  
10 11  
TEST WEEKLY  
On  
On  
Off  
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
1
2
Off  
3
Perimete  
r
P
er i mete  
r
O
nly  
4
O
nly  
5
6
No  
Entry  
No  
7
Ent ry  
8
9
Bypass  
By p  
as  
s
*
*
0
#
y s t  
Reset  
Syste  
m
S
em  
Reset  
Ensure at least 1/4" separation  
between battery wires and all  
other cabling.  
Note:  
DS7447/DS7447E and DS7445/DS7445i  
Keypads  
RF3222 120-Zone  
Wireless Receivers  
Wireless Sensors  
• Up to 15 keypads may be used. Keypads #1 - #10 connect to the Keypad Bus and keypads #11 - #15  
connect to the Option Bus. One keypad must be designated as keypad #1 and connected to the Keypad  
Bus. See the DS7447/DS7447E, DS7445/DS7445i, and DS7448 Installation Instructions for further details.  
• A DS7420i (Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module) may be connected to the Control Panel, and  
placed within the enclosure. Connect to the Options Bus of the control panel. See the DS7420i Installation  
Instructions for further details.  
• Up to 2 DS7488s (Octal Relay Modules) may be connected to the Control Panel, and placed within the  
enclosure. Connect to the Options Bus of the Control Panel. This provides an additional 8 Form “C”  
relay outputs for the Control Panel. See the DS7488 Installation Instructions for further details.  
• A DS7430 or a DS7436 (Multiplex Expansion Module) may be connected to the control panel via the  
expansion port. This will allow for the connection of additional zones via the Options Bus. See the DS7430  
or DS7436 Installation Instructions for further details.  
• Up to 30 DS7432s (8-Input Remote Modules) may be connected to the DS7430 or DS7436. Connect to the  
Power and Bus Terminals of the Multiplex Expansion Module. This allows for a means of addressing up to  
240 input loops of conventional contacts to the Control Panel. See the DS7432 Installation Instructions for  
further details.  
• Up to 2 RF3222 (120-Zone Wireless Receivers) may be connected to the DS7430 or DS7436. Connect to  
the Power and Bus terminals of the Multiplex Expansion Module. This allows for the monitoring of wireless  
detectors.  
• A DS7416i Advanced Radio Communications Module may be connected to the Control Panel via the Options  
Bus. This allows for connection to a radio network.  
• Up to 248 zones are available for the connection of Single, Multiple, Input/Output, and Multiplex devices.  
Up to 112 wireless zones (137-248) are also available.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0  
System Worksheet  
Account Number  
Information  
Name  
Contact Person  
Address  
Voice Phone Number  
Panel Phone Number  
Panel Answers Phone  
City, State, Zip  
Armed  
Disarmed  
Equipment Location and Notes  
AC Voltage  
VAC  
Ah  
Battery Voltage  
Bell Current  
VDC  
A
AUX Current  
A
Battery Standby  
Control Panel  
Transformer  
Telephone Jack  
Telephone On Same Line as Panel  
Earth Ground Connection  
Alarm Sounder (s)  
Misc. Notes  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
____________________________________________________________________________________  
Keypad Location and Notes  
Example  
Location  
Belongs  
Master/  
to Partition  
Standard  
Keypad # 1 Kitchen  
2
Master  
Location  
Belongs  
to Partition  
Master/  
Standard  
Location  
Belongs  
to Partition  
Master/  
Standard  
Keypad # 1  
Keypad # 2  
Keypad # 3  
Keypad # 4  
Keypad # 5  
Keypad # 6  
Keypad # 7  
Keypad # 8  
Keypad # 9  
Keypad # 10  
Keypad # 11  
Keypad # 12  
Keypad # 13  
Keypad # 14  
Keypad # 15  
Page 12  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0 System Worksheet (continued)  
PIN Worksheet  
Personal Identification Number Information  
Example  
PIN Information  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
#
Level tions  
002 1001  
6
1, 2, 4 James L.  
PIN Information  
PIN Information  
PIN Information  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
#
Level tions  
#
Level tions  
#
Level tions  
067  
034  
035  
001  
068  
069  
002  
003  
004  
005  
006  
007  
008  
009  
010  
011  
012  
013  
014  
015  
016  
017  
018  
019  
020  
021  
022  
023  
024  
025  
026  
027  
028  
029  
036  
037  
038  
039  
040  
041  
042  
043  
044  
045  
046  
047  
048  
049  
050  
051  
052  
053  
054  
055  
056  
057  
058  
059  
060  
061  
062  
063  
064  
065  
066  
070  
071  
072  
073  
074  
075  
076  
077  
078  
079  
080  
081  
082  
083  
084  
085  
086  
087  
088  
089  
090  
091  
092  
093  
094  
095  
096  
097  
098  
099  
030  
031  
032  
033  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0 System Worksheet (continued)  
PIN Worksheet  
Personal Identification Number Information  
PIN Information  
PIN Information  
PIN Information  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
User Pin # Auth. Parti- Name  
#
Level tions  
#
Level tions  
#
Level tions  
168  
100  
134  
135  
169  
170  
101  
102  
103  
104  
105  
106  
107  
108  
136  
137  
138  
139  
140  
141  
142  
143  
144  
145  
146  
147  
148  
149  
150  
151  
152  
153  
154  
155  
156  
157  
158  
159  
160  
161  
162  
163  
164  
165  
166  
171  
172  
173  
174  
175  
176  
177  
178  
179  
180  
181  
182  
183  
184  
185  
186  
187  
188  
189  
190  
191  
109  
110  
111  
112  
113  
114  
115  
116  
117  
118  
119  
120  
121  
122  
123  
124  
125  
126  
127  
128  
192  
193  
194  
195  
196  
197  
198  
199  
200  
129  
130  
131  
132  
133  
167  
Page 14  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0 System Worksheet (continued)  
Zone Location and Notes  
Zone Location and Notes Worksheet  
* = SZ: Single Zone Input  
MZ: Multiple Zone Input  
IO: DS7465  
Example  
Type * Zone/Output  
Partition & Location  
Function #  
(see section 10.3)  
Zone # 1  
SZ Zn Funct. 1  
2, Kitchen  
Type * Zone/Output  
Function #  
Partition & Location  
Type * Zone/Output  
Function #  
Partition & Location  
Zone # 1  
Zone # 2  
Zone # 3  
Zone # 4  
Zone # 5  
Zone # 6  
Zone # 7  
Zone # 8  
Zone # 9  
Zone # 31  
Zone # 32  
Zone # 33  
Zone # 34  
Zone # 35  
Zone # 36  
Zone # 37  
Zone # 38  
Zone # 39  
Zone # 40  
Zone # 41  
Zone # 42  
Zone # 43  
Zone # 44  
Zone # 45  
Zone # 46  
Zone # 47  
Zone # 48  
Zone # 49  
Zone # 50  
Zone # 51  
Zone # 52  
Zone # 53  
Zone # 54  
Zone # 55  
Zone # 56  
Zone # 57  
Zone # 58  
Zone # 59  
Zone # 60  
Zone # 10  
Zone # 11  
Zone # 12  
Zone # 13  
Zone # 14  
Zone # 15  
Zone # 16  
Zone # 17  
Zone # 18  
Zone # 19  
Zone # 20  
Zone # 21  
Zone # 22  
Zone # 23  
Zone # 24  
Zone # 25  
Zone # 26  
Zone # 27  
Zone # 28  
Zone # 29  
Zone # 30  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0 System Worksheet (continued)  
Page 16  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0 System Worksheet (continued)  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
5.0 System Worksheet (continued)  
Zone Location and Notes Worksheet  
Page 18  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6.2  
Zone Function Programming  
6.0  
6.1  
Glossary  
General Control Programming  
• Zone Function  
A Zone Function is the description of how a particular zone will  
behave (e.g. steady alarm output, bypassing allowed, alarm on  
short, trouble on open, perimeter instant).  
- There are many possible zone functions. Up to 30 different  
zone functions are allowed per control.  
- Zone functions may be custom made as needed.  
- Each zone must be programmed as a specific zone function.  
Any number and combination of zones may be programmed  
as particular zone functions.  
• Normal Arming - [PIN] + [On]: If programmed, arms the entire  
system while allowing entry delays for entry/exit zones.  
• Perimeter Instant Arming - [PIN] + [No Entry] [Perimeter Only]: If  
programmed, arms only the perimeter of the system and does  
not allow entry delays for entry/exit zones.  
• Perimeter Arming - [PIN] + [Perimeter Only]: If programmed,  
arms only the perimeter of the system while allowing entry delays  
for entry/exit zones.  
- Program zone functions at addresses 0001-0030.  
Custom Arming - [PIN] + [#] [4]: If programmed, allows custom  
arming of the system and bypasses the zone functions specified  
in data addresses 2725-2728.  
Invisible Alarms: This is a zone programmed not to have an  
alarm output or an alarm display at any keypad when activated.  
An alarm signal will be sent, but the DS7447/DS7447E keypad  
display will read “Not Ready” while this zone is violated.  
Maximum Security Arming - [PIN] + [No Entry] [On]: If  
programmed, arms the entire system and does not allow an  
entry delay for entry/exit zones.  
- Invisible Alarm zones are recommended for holdup alarms.  
Silent Alarms: This is a zone programmed to activate the visual  
display at the keypad, but not audible signals.  
- If this zone is also an entry zone, an entry tone will sound when  
this zone is activated.  
• General Authority by Partition  
A general (level 2) authority can be programmed to have arm-  
only authority; arm and bypass authority; arm and disarm  
authority; or arm, disarm, and bypass authority by partition. This  
is done at addresses 3421-3424.  
- Arm-only access by partition allows someone with a General  
Authority to arm zones in a partition he can not disarm.  
- This level can still be used to arm, disarm, and bypass zones  
in the other partitions that it has access to.  
• Bypassing Allowed: This is a zone programmed to allow  
bypassing (shunting). This is done using the bypass command  
or the force-arming sequence.  
Alarm on Short: This is a zone programmed to activate an  
alarm when its loop is shorted.  
Closing Ring-Back: If programmed, the keypad sounders and  
Bell will activate for 2 seconds after the system is armed and the  
closing report is successfully sent. This requires Closing Ring-  
Back and Closing Report to be programmed.  
- If a closing report is not programmed, the control will test for a  
dial tone when the system is armed. If the test passes, the  
system will arm normally. If the test fails, the system will arm,  
but will indicate a trouble condition.  
Alarm on Open: This is a zone programmed to activate an  
alarm when its loop is opened.  
Trouble on Open: This is a zone programmed to activate a  
trouble when its loop is opened and the system is disarmed.  
- If the system is armed, this zone will activate an alarm if shorted  
or opened.  
- For 24-hour zones, regardless of the arming state of the panel,  
this always remains as a Trouble on Open.  
- The DS7447/DS7447E keypad will display “Communication  
Err” after [#] [8] [7] is entered.  
Trouble on Short: This is a zone programmed to activate a  
trouble when its loop is shorted and the system is disarmed.  
- If the system is armed, this zone will activate an alarm if shorted  
or opened.  
- For 24-hour zones, regardless of the arming state of the panel,  
this always remains as a Trouble on Short.  
Siren on Comm. Fail for Silent Zone: If programmed, a silent  
zone will sound the alarm outputs if the zone is in an alarm  
condition and the system fails to communicate with the central  
station.  
Restore when Sounders Silence: If programmed, a zone sends  
a restoral report and is ready to activate again only after the  
burglary bell cut-off time expires or the bells are silenced.  
- The zone can alarm multiple times per armed period.  
Interior Delayed: This is a zone programmed to be ignored  
during the entry/exit delay period. If it is violated when the system  
is armed, it will activate a delay for the programmed entry delay  
time. The keypad pre-alert sounders will activate and the system  
may be disarmed during this delay period. If the system is not  
disarmed during this delay period, this zone will activate an alarm.  
This zone is bypassed by Perimeter Instant or Perimeter Armed.  
Restore when Zone Restores: If programmed, a zone sends a  
restoral report and is ready to activate again as soon as it  
physically restores.  
- This zone can alarm multiple times per armed period.  
Perimeter Instant: This is a zone programmed to activate an  
Restore when System Disarms: If programmed, a zone sends  
a restoral report when the system is disarmed.  
- It can only alarm once per armed period.  
alarm even during the entry/exit delay period.  
24-Hour: This is a zone programmed to activate when its loop is  
faulted, even if the system is disarmed.  
Allow Swinger Shunts: If programmed, a zone can only alarm  
or trouble up to three times per armed period. After the third  
alarm or trouble, the zone will be bypassed and a bypass report  
will be sent.  
• Entry/Exit Delay #1: This is a zone programmed to be ignored  
during the entry/exit delay period.  
- If it is violated while the system is armed, it will activate a delay  
for the amount of time programmed for entry delay time #1  
(address 4028). The keypad pre-alert sounders will activate  
and the system may be disarmed during this delay period.  
- If the system is not disarmed during the entry period, this zone  
will activate an alarm.  
NOTE: Swinger Shunts are not allowed on UL Certificated  
Installations.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• Entry/Exit Delay #2: This is a zone programmed to behave  
identical to the Entry/Exit Delay #1 zone function except that it  
uses entry delay time #2 (address 4029).  
seconds.  
- If the system is a combination fire and burglar alarm, the fire  
alarm has priority over the burglar alarm.  
NOTE: If both entry delays have been activated, the control will  
• Fire Zone with Verification: This zone is identical to a Fire Zone  
except that after the first alarm, it will perform a fire reset and  
then wait up to two minutes for a second alarm.  
use the shorter entry delay.  
• Entry/Exit Delay Cancel Zone Functions  
- If a second alarm occurs within this two minute period, the  
system will indicate a fire alarm.  
- If there is no second alarm within this two minute period, the  
control panel will reset back to its normal condition.  
Entry/Exit Delay Cancel 1 and Entry/Exit Delay Cancel 2 Zone  
Functions cause the exit delay to expire as soon as the premises  
is vacated.  
- If a zone is programmed as an Entry/Exit Delay Cancel zone,  
and it is activated during the exit delay, the exit delay will expire NOTE: Use of this control’s alarm verification feature is not per-  
as soon as the zone has been restored.  
- Entry/Exit Delay Cancel 1 follows entry delay 1.  
- Entry/Exit Delay Cancel 2 follows entry delay 2.  
mitted for applications in the state of California.  
Water Flow Zone: This is a zone programmed to operate like a  
Fire Zone, but is specifically intended for water flow switches.  
- An optional retard timer can be programmed to compensate  
for changes in water pressure. If the timer is used, the water  
flow zone must be activated for the complete time period; an  
alarm will be initiated at the end of the timer period.  
Interior Entry/Exit Follower: This is a zone programmed to be  
ignored during an entry/exit delay and then become an interior  
instant zone.  
- If this zone is violated while the system is armed and no entry/  
exit zones have been violated, it will activate an alarm.  
- If this zone is violated after an entry/exit delay zone is violated,  
it will follow that entry/exit delay time.  
- The maximum combined water flow delay of the control panel  
and the device must not exceed two minutes.  
NOTE: Any zone can be a water flow zone, but only zones 1  
through 4 may be programmed as delayed water flow  
zones.  
- This zone is bypassed by Perimeter Instant or Perimeter  
arming.  
Interior Home/Away: This is a zone programmed to become an  
interior instant zone if the system is armed and an entry/exit  
delay zone is violated during the exit delay time.  
- If the system is armed and an entry/exit delay zone is not  
violated, this zone will be bypassed.  
Supervisory Zone: This is a zone programmed to accommodate  
shut-off valves.  
- It will indicate a supervisory condition at the keypads when  
activated.  
- This zone is bypassed by Perimeter Instant or Perimeter  
arming.  
6.3  
Zone Programming  
• Zone  
Interior Instant: This is a zone programmed to activate an alarm  
even during the entry/exit delay periods.  
A Zone is an input to the DS7400Xi Control/Communicator.  
- There are 8 hardwired zones on the main circuit board.  
- Additional zones may be added by using the DS7433 (8 zone  
expansion module), the DS7430 (multiplex loop module), and/  
or other modules.  
- It is bypassed by Perimeter Instant or Perimeter arming.  
Day Monitor: This is a zone programmed to be a perimeter  
instant zone when the system is armed.  
- When the system is disarmed, any violation of this zone will  
activate the keypad sounders which will sound continuously  
until a disarm command sequence is entered.  
Single Zone Input: This is an individual zone such as the on-  
board zones and multiplex contact zones.  
- The alarm outputs for this zone will not activate and there will  
be no report for this zone when the system is disarmed.  
Multiple Zone Input: This is a zone connected to one of the 8-  
Input Modules (DS7432 or DS7433) or to a Dual Zone Module  
(DS7460).  
- The inputs are programmed separately (see the separate  
Programming Addresses Worksheet, P/N: 29802).  
- When using the Dual Zone Module (DS7460), loop A is always  
programmed as an odd numbered program address (ending  
in 1, 3, 5, 7, or 9). Loop B is the even numbered program  
address that follows loop A.  
Keyswitch Input: This is a zone programmed to allow the system  
to be armed or disarmed using a Normally Open momentary  
keyswitch.  
- Outputs for keyswitch LEDs and sounders are available using  
the programmable outputs or the Octal relay outputs.  
- An output is needed for each LED and sounder.  
- A keyswitch will only control the partition that these zones are  
assigned to unless programmed as a master, then it will  
control all at once. See Program Address 0001, Data Digit 1.  
- Keyswitches and keypads may be used in the same partition,  
if desired.  
• DS7465: This is the input zone or the output relay on a DS7465.  
The odd numbered zone is programmed for the input zone  
function and the even numbered zone is programmed for the  
output function.  
Fire Zone: This is a zone programmed to activate if the system  
is armed or disarmed.  
- It can be silenced (not reset) by entering a valid [PIN] + [Off].  
- The display will indicate a Fire Alarm for this zone on all  
keypads in every partition.  
Multiplex Smoke: This is a multiplexed input zone (zones 9-  
248) that is used with a MX280 series smoke detector. This zone  
must have a Zone Function of Fire Zone and Trouble on Open  
applied to the multiplex smoke zone.  
Multiplex Smoke with Low Temperature: This zone is used  
with the MX280 series smoke detectors with a low temperature  
alarm. Making this selection requires the programming of two  
zones as follows:  
- A fire reset command must be entered after silencing the  
alarm to re-enable this zone.  
- If this zone is programmed for trouble and the loop opens, the  
DS7447/DS7447E keypad will display “Fire Trouble” for this  
zone and the keypad sounders will beep once every ten  
Page 20  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
- Smoke alarm. This must be the odd numbered zone of the  
zone pair required for these devices. The zone must be  
programmed with a zone function that is set for Fire Zone and  
Trouble onOpen.  
cut-off time expires.  
- This output is intended to activate alarm bells and sirens, but  
provides a delay to allow the user to silence the system before  
it activates.  
- Low Temperature Alarm. This must be the even numbered  
zone of the zone pair required for these devices. This zone  
must be programmed with a zone function that is set as  
Supervisory and Trouble on Open.  
• Output Functions  
Output Functions can be programmed to follow system events  
or to follow one or two specific zones in a “cross-matrix” fashion  
(see Input/Output Cross-Matrixing).  
- These Output Functions can be programmed to control Octal  
Relay outputs or Multiplex Bus outputs.  
- Output Functions are programmed in addresses 2772-2843.  
6.4  
Output Programming  
Latch on Any Zone Alarm: This is an output programmed to  
activate upon any zone alarm (including invisible zones) and will  
latch until the system has been disarmed.  
- If this output is programmed to respond only to a fire zone, it  
will remain latched until the fire reset command is performed.  
• Input/Output Cross Matrixing  
Input/Output Cross Matrixing allows Output Functions to follow  
the status of specific input zones (zones 1 through 248 only).  
- Outputs can be programmed to follow any combination of one  
or two zones, open or closed, with the system armed or dis-  
armed.  
ON during Entry Pre-Alert: This is an output programmed to  
activate when an entry/exit zone is violated while the system is  
armed.  
- It will remain activated until the system is disarmed, or until  
the entry delay time has expired.  
- If programmed to latch, the output will latch until a valid PIN is  
entered at the keypad.  
Keypad Sounder Output: This is an output programmed to follow  
the keypad sounder.  
- It activates during the entry pre-alert and during any day monitor  
alarm. It does not follow momentary keypad beeps such as  
keystrokes, chimes, etc.  
• ON for 10 seconds after [PIN] + [System Reset] is entered: This  
is an output programmed to activate for 10 seconds after the fire  
reset command is entered at the keypad or if a Fire Zone with  
Verification activates.  
Access Output: This is an output programmed to activate for  
10 seconds when an access control PIN is entered at the keypad.  
- Not UL Listed for Access Control (UL294).  
- This output is intended to be used to power 4-wire smoke  
detectors or any other device that requires a power interruption  
to reset an alarm condition.  
NOTE: When Programmable Output 2 is programmed this way,  
it will normally supply auxiliary power and will turn OFF for  
10 seconds when the fire reset command is entered.  
Panic/Duress Output: All outputs, including the three on-board  
outputs, the Octal Relays, and the Output Functions, support a  
Panic/Duress function. This output will follow Duress activations,  
Keypad Emergency Keys B and C, and Invisible and Silent Zone  
alarms. It will only be reset by a user acknowledgement and will  
not reset after the burglary bell time-out occurs. Duress activa-  
tions will latch until acknowledged by a user.  
ON when System is Armed: This is an output programmed to  
activate when the system is armed.  
- It will remain activated until the system is disarmed.  
Ground Start: This is an output programmed to activate for 3  
seconds when the phone line is seized. It is intended for use  
with ground start phone systems that require a momentary short  
to ground to obtain a dial tone.  
• Multiplex Bus Outputs  
The DS7400Xi supports up to 60 DS7465 Input/Output Modules.  
- These modules are connected to the multiplex bus and provide  
one input loop and one Form “C” output relay.  
- Connect a separate 12 VDC, DPDT relay.  
- Connect both relay contact commons to ground, and connect  
the Normally Open of each contact to terminal positions 13  
and 16 (one to terminal 13, the other to 16) of the DS7400Xi.  
- This output follows all partitions regardless of how data digit 2  
of the output programming address is programmed.  
- Not intended for UL Listed systems. Not for use with phone  
line monitors.  
- The input loop operates the same as all other multiplex inputs.  
- The output loop can be programmed to follow Output  
Functions.  
- Multiplex Bus outputs can be bypassed using the bypass  
function. If an output zone is bypassed while it is ON, it will turn  
OFF. The bypass will not be removed when the system is  
armed and then disarmed; it must be cancelled by entering  
the bypass command again or by cancelling all bypasses.  
System Status (ready to arm): This is an output programmed  
to follow the Status LED of the keypad.  
- It will activate when the system is ready to arm with no zones  
violated.  
NOTE: DS7465 Module outputs will not pulse, even if programmed  
to do so.  
• Octal Relay Modules (DS7488)  
The DS7400Xi can support two Octal Relay Modules.  
- Each relay can be programmed to follow system-wide events  
or Output Functions as described above.  
Zone Alarm: This is an output programmed to activate when a  
zone is in an alarm condition.  
- It will remain activated until the system is disarmed or the bell  
cut-off time expires.  
• Solid State Output Modules (DS7489)  
The DS7400Xi can support two Solid State Output Modules.  
- Each output can be programmed to follow system-wide events  
or Output Functions as described above.  
- This output is intended to activate alarm bells and sirens.  
- This will not activate from Silent or Invisible Zones.  
Zone Alarm Delayed by 20 sec.: This is an output programmed  
to wait 20 seconds after a zone enters an alarm condition to  
activate.  
6.5  
Partition Control Programming  
- It will remain activated until the system is disarmed or the bell  
Partition Control Programming: Up to eight partitions may be  
used. They are assigned (program address 3420) in order.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
- For example: When using only one partition, it is partition one.  
When using three partitions, they are partitions one, two, and  
three.  
- Partitioning allows the system to act as up to 8 different  
systems.  
- Zones, keypads, outputs, and other items may be assigned to  
particular partitions.  
- Access to partitions may be through each partition’s keypad  
or through a Master keypad (see the User’s Guide P/N: 43851  
for more details).  
Key.  
- If programmed, the key will activate a supplementary or an auxiliary  
type alarm when pressed for 2 seconds.  
- It may be programmed for a silent, steady, or pulsed alarm.  
Panic Key: The emergency key (key C) at the bottom right of the  
keypad entry area is the Panic Key.  
- If programmed, the key will activate a panic alarm when  
pressed for 2 seconds; nothing will display at the keypad to  
indicate an alarm.  
- It may be programmed for a silent, steady, or pulsed alarm.  
Common Area: Partition 1 can be programmed as a common  
area, that is, common to other partitions. This allows it to be  
used in an installation with one common entry area such as a  
foyer or vestibule.  
NOTE: The Special Emergency Key and the Panic Key will gen-  
erate the alarm sounders only in the partition of the key-  
pad that activated that Key.  
- When Partition 1 is programmed as a common area, it will  
only arm when all the partitions it is common to are armed.  
- The common area will disarm when any of the partitions it is  
common to are disarmed - only if the user has access to the  
common area.  
- When using a common area, a Master keypad should be used  
and assigned to the common area (see keypad assignment  
programming).  
6.8  
Custom Arming Programming  
Custom Arming - [PIN ] + [#] [4]: If programmed, the [PIN] + [#]  
+ [4] command sequence may be used to custom arm the system  
by arming only certain zone functions.  
- For example: All interior zones plus some perimeter zones  
may be bypassed while leaving some of the perimeter armed.  
6.9  
Force Arming  
6.6  
Keypad Assignment Programming  
Force Arming: If programmed, allows violated zones to be force  
armed. When force arming, the user must enter the usual arming  
command followed by the [Bypass] key. This automatically  
bypasses zones that are violated and programmed as  
bypassable.  
- Fire zones, supervisory zones, keyswitch zones, waterflow  
zones, and non-bypassable zones can not be force armed.  
- Not available in UL Listed systems.  
Keypad Assignment: The keypad type and the partition it is  
assigned to must be programmed.  
- Each program address (3131-3138) programs the keypad  
type for two keypads. For example: for address 3131, data  
digit 1 is for keypad 1, data digit 2 is for keypad 2.  
- Each program address (3139-3146) programs the partition  
assignment for two keypads. For example: for address 3139,  
data digit 1is for the partition assignment of keypad 1, data  
digit 2 is for the partition assignment of keypad 2.  
- See Program Address 2732.  
- Users must have access to the partition the keypad is assigned  
to in order to use the keypad.  
6.10 Ground Fault Detect Programming  
Ground Fault: If programmed, this function will allow the system  
to detect ground faults. This function is required for fire panels  
and will be forced on when the panel is in the commercial fire  
mode.  
Master Keypad Programming : A Master keypad can be used  
to access all the partitions.  
- It will display the arm/disarm status of all the partitions and  
can be used to individually control each partition (see section  
7.6).  
- See Program Address 2732.  
- A Master keypad can be assigned to any of the partitions.  
- Any number of the 15 allowable keypads can be a Master  
keypad.  
6.11 Commercial Fire Mode Programming  
- When using the common area, it is suggested that a Master  
keypad be used and that it is assigned to the common area.  
NOTE: In a system that includes both fire alarm and burglar alarm  
devices, the system must produce distinct sounds for fire  
and burglar alarm conditions either by using different in-  
dicating appliances or by using distinct cadences for the  
same appliance.  
6.7  
Emergency Key Programming  
NOTE: Do not label these keys if they are unprogrammed. Only  
the “A” key may be programmed and labeled as the Fire  
key. These keys are not intended to substitute for Listed  
manual pull boxes.  
Commercial Fire Mode: When in Commercial Fire Mode, the  
control panel will perform some functions (e.g. communications)  
differently to conform with commercial fire regulations.  
- See Commercial Fire Mode Programming, program address  
2733.  
Fire Key: The emergency key (key A) at the bottom left of the  
keypad entry area is the Fire Key. If programmed, the key will  
activate a fire alarm when pressed for 2 seconds.  
Water Flow Zone Delay: This is the amount of time a water flow  
zone must be violated before the control panel will initiate an  
alarm.  
- It may be programmed for a steady or pulsed alarm.  
NOTE: The Fire Key will generate the fire alarm sounders in the  
partition that activated the Fire Key. Any other partitions in  
use will only have their keypad sounders activated. All  
keypad displays will be the same.  
- The delay is necessary to accommodate normal changes in  
water pressure.  
- If the water flow initiating device incorporates its own time  
delay, do not program the control panel unit to exceed 120  
seconds combined time delay.  
Special Emergency Key: The emergency key (key B) at the  
bottom center of the keypad entry area is the Special Emergency  
Page 22  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pulsing Fire Zone: This is a zone programmed to output a pulse Keypad Emergency Alarm: This report is sent when an  
for a fire alarm in the normal manner (one second ON, one second  
OFF).  
emergency alarm has been activated using the “B” emergency key.  
Keypad Panic: This report is sent when an emergency alarm has  
been activated using the “C” emergency key.  
California March Time: This is a zone programmed to output a  
pulse for a fire alarm in the California Time cadence (ten 1/2  
second pulses, followed by one second of quiet time).  
Keypad Tamper: For keypads fitted with a wall tamper switch, this  
report is sent when the keypad is removed from the wall.  
Temporal: This is a zone programmed to output a pulse for a  
fire alarm in the Temporal cadence (three 1/2 second pulses,  
followed by one second of quiet time).  
Keypad Tamper Restoral: For keypads fitted with a wall tamper  
switch, this report is sent when the keypad is properly replaced  
on the wall after experiencing a tamper condition.  
Single Keypad Use: The keypad should be used on the keypad  
bus and be mounted to the front of the control enclosure OR if  
within the same room as the control equipment with the wire run  
in conduit (or equivalently protected against mechanical injury)  
within 20 ft. (6.1 m) of the control equipment.  
Zone Function Alarm: An alarm report is sent when a zone  
alarm occurs. Alarm reports are enabled by zone function. Pro-  
gram this report for any zone functions you wish to send an  
alarm report about. For local zones (no reports), do not program  
an alarm report. The zone number will automatically be sent for  
this report in SIA or Contact ID format.  
- This keypad should be assigned as address 1.  
Multiple Keypad Use: One keypad only must be used on the  
option bus, at any address from 11 - 14, and must meet the  
following requirements:  
- The keypad must be mounted to the front of the control  
enclosure OR mounted within the same room as the control  
equipment and the wire is run in conduit (or equivalently  
protected against mechanical injury) within 20 ft. (6.1 m) of the  
control equipment.  
Zone Function Restoral: This report is sent when the zone alarm  
and trouble conditions are cleared. The zone number will auto-  
matically be sent for this report in SIA or Contact ID format.  
Zone Function Trouble: This report is sent when a zone trouble  
condition occurs. This can be an open circuit, if the zone is pro-  
grammed for “trouble on open”, a multiplex tamper switch being  
activated, or a multiplex zone not communicating with the control  
panel. The zone number will automatically be sent for this report  
in SIA or Contact ID format.  
- All other keypads should be connected to the keypad bus and  
may be placed as needed (within the noted wiring limitations  
in the installation manual).  
Zone Function Bypass: This report is sent when a zone is by-  
passed. (Note: Fire zones can never be bypassed.) Zone by-  
pass reports for non-24 hour zones are sent with the closing  
report. Bypass reports for 24 hour zones are sent when the zone  
is bypassed. If a zone is force armed, the bypass report is sent  
with the partial close report. If a 24 hour or non-24 hour zone is  
custom armed, the bypass report is sent with the partial close  
report.  
- One keypad must be assigned as address 1.  
6.12 Open/Close Report Control Programming  
Open and Close Reports: If programmed, these reports are  
sent when the system is armed or disarmed. They may be sent  
independently for the opening and closing of each partition, or  
the first partition to open and the last partition to close may send  
the reports.  
Zone Function Bypass Restoral: This report is sent when the  
zone bypass is cleared. For non-24 hour zones the bypass resto-  
ral is sent with the open report. Bypass restoral reports for 24  
hour zones are sent when the zone is manually restored. The  
bypass restoral report for a zone that was force armed is sent  
when the zone is restored. If a 24 hour or non-24 hour zone was  
custom armed, the bypass restoral is sent with the open report.  
Send Trouble at Close for Bypassed Zones: If programmed, a  
trouble report will be sent for each zone bypassed when the  
system is armed.  
Alternate between both Phone Numbers: If programmed, open  
and close reports will be sent to phone number one first. If phone  
number one does not pick-up, the control panel will alternate to  
phone number two. If phone number two does not pick-up, the  
control panel will alternate back to phone number one. It will  
alternate between both phone numbers until successful.  
Open: This report is sent when the system has been disarmed.  
In SIA or Contact ID formats, the user number for the person who  
disarmed the system will be sent with this report. To send the  
user number along with an Open report in other formats, program  
the extended digit of the report as *5. In Contact ID format, the  
partition number will also be sent along with this report. The  
Open report will only be sent if a Close report was sent previously.  
6.13 Report Programming  
Reports: For pulse formats, reports are programmed by enter-  
ing data in the reporting and extended digits. The report will  
send the data programmed for each event. For SIA and Contact  
ID, the report formats are fixed and may be activated by placing a  
1 in the reporting digit.  
- To disable a report, enter a 0 in the reporting digit.  
- To send the Man No. along with Open and Close reports,  
program an "F" (enter [*] [5] at the keypad) in the extended  
digit.  
Close: This report is sent when the system has been armed. In  
SIA or Contact ID formats, the user number for the person who  
armed the system will be sent with this report. To send the user  
number along with a Close report in other formats, program the  
extended digit of the report as *5. In Contact ID format, the partition  
number will also be sent along with this report.  
Duress: This report is sent when the system is disarmed using  
a duress code. The user number is not sent with this report.  
Keypad Fire Alarm: This report is sent when a fire alarm has  
been activated by the “A” emergency key.  
Partial Close: This report is sent when the system is armed  
partially, or force armed.  
Keypad Fire Restoral: This report is sent when a keypad fire  
alarm has been restored using the [System Reset] command.  
First Open After Alarm: This report is sent when the system is  
disarmed after an alarm has occurred.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Low Battery: This report is sent when a low battery condition System Walk Test: This report is sent when a system test has  
occurs.  
been started ([#] [8] [1] key sequence). Zone reports are sent  
during a system test.  
Battery Restoral: This report is sent when a low battery condition  
restores.  
System Walk Test Restoral: This report is sent when the system  
test has been completed or has timed-out.  
AC Fail: This report is sent when an AC failure condition occurs.  
This report may be delayed in address 4034.  
Fire Walk Test: This report is sent when a Fire Walk Test has  
been started ([#] [9] [1] key sequence). Zone reports are not sent  
during a Fire Walk Test.  
• A/C Failure Report Delay  
The A/C power loss report can be programmed to delay for up to  
254 minutes (see address 4034). (The same delay would also Fire Walk Test Restoral: This report is sent when the Fire Walk  
apply to the A/C restoral report.)  
Test has been completed or has timed-out.  
- If another report is sent during this delay period, the A/C fail  
report will be sent along with this report.  
- If the A/C power restores during this delay period, the A/C loss  
report will not be sent.  
Mux. Smoke Low Temperature Report: This supervisory report  
is sent when a MX280 Series smoke detector with a low  
temperature feature detects a temperature of 45°F (7.5°C) or  
less for a period of 30 minutes or more.  
- Programming address 4034 as FF causes the report to be  
sent at a random interval of at least 15 minutes, but no more Mux. Smoke Low Temperature Restoral: This report is sent  
than 2 hours after the A/C failure occurs.  
when a MX280 Series smoke detector with a low temperature  
alarm determines that the temperature has risen above 45°F  
(7.5°C).  
AC Restoral: This report is sent when an AC failure condition  
restores.  
Dirty Chamber Report: This report is sent when a MX280 Series  
smoke detector fails to pass the “Chamber Check®” sensitivity  
test.  
Communicator Test/System Normal: This report is sent at the  
24-hour check-in time if there is not a control trouble, an active  
fire alarm that has not been acknowledged, a fire trouble, or a  
supervisory condition. Note: To send a Communicator Test Dirty Chamber Restoral: This report is sent when a MX280  
even if one of these conditions exists, program the Communicator  
Test/System Off Normal.  
Series smoke detector has been returned to normal operation  
after service.  
Remote Program Successful: This report is sent after a Remote  
Program session, if the session was terminated properly.  
6.14 Phone Number General Control  
Programming  
Remote Program Unsuccessful: This report is sent after a  
Remote Program session, if some error has occurred or the  
session did not terminate properly.  
Enable Remote Programmer Callback: If programmed, when  
the remote programmer tries to initiate a session with the panel,  
the panel will hang up and call the remote programmer phone  
number.  
Local Program Successful: This report is sent when local  
programmer’s mode is exited and there is no error associated  
with the programming.  
- Ensures the correct remote programmer is initiating the call.  
Dial Pulse on all Phone Numbers: If programmed, the panel will  
dial phone number 1, 2, and the remote programmer phone  
number 3 using the pulse format.  
Local Program Unsuccessful: This report is sent when local  
programmer’s mode is exited and there has been some error  
associated with the programming.  
Dial Tone on all Phone Numbers: If programmed, the panel will  
dial phone number 1, 2, and the remote programmer phone  
number 3 using the tone format.  
System Trouble: This report is sent when a control trouble  
condition occurs.  
System Trouble Restoral: This report is sent when all system  
trouble conditions restore.  
6.15 Phone Answering Programming  
Communicator Test/System Off Normal: This report is sent at  
the 24-hour check-in time if there is a control trouble, an active  
fire alarm that has not been acknowledged, a fire trouble, or a  
supervisory condition.  
Answering Machine Bypass: This feature allows the panel to  
answer incoming calls when answering machines are used. If  
the line rings, stops ringing, then rings again within one minute,  
the panel will seize the phone line on the first ring.  
Exit Error: This report is sent if an exit error occurs. An exit error  
occurs when an entry/exit zone is still violated at the end of the  
exit delay. If this happens, the entry delay will begin and any  
output programmed to activate an alarm will energize. If the  
system is not disarmed before the entry delay expires, an alarm  
report for the effected zone will be sent and the Exit Error report  
will be sent. If this report is not programmed, the control will not  
sound the exit error warning.  
Phone Answering Programming: The panel can be  
programmed to answer the phone after a selected number of  
rings for remote programming access. It can also be  
programmed to answer the phone after a different number of  
rings when in armed or disarmed states.  
- This can be used to call the panel location and determine its  
arming state.  
Recent Closing: This report is sent, along with any alarm reports,  
when there is an alarm within the first five minutes after the  
system has been armed.  
Page 24  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6.16 FCC Compliance Notice  
6.18 Canadian Dept. of Communications  
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the General Installation Requirements: Notice: The Canadian  
limits for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Department of Communications label identifies certified  
Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection equipment. This certification means that the equipment meets  
against harmful interference in a residential installation. This certain telecommunications network, protective, operational, and  
equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy safety requirements. The Department does not guarantee the  
and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions, equipment will operate to the user’s satisfaction.  
may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However,  
Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is  
there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular  
permissible to be connected to the facilities of the local  
installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to  
telecommunications company. The equipment must also be  
radio or television reception, which can be determined by turning  
installed using an acceptable method of connection. In some  
the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct  
cases, the company’s inside wiring associated with a single line  
the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
individual service may be extended by means of a certified connector  
• Re-orient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
assembly (telephone extension cord). The customer should be  
• Increase the separation between the equipment and the receiver. aware that compliance with the above conditions may not prevent  
• Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from degradation of service in some situations.  
that to which the receiver is connected.  
Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized  
• Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for  
Canadian maintenance facility designated by the supplier. Any  
help.  
repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, or  
equipment malfunctions, may give the telecommunications  
company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment.  
6.17 FCC Phone Connection Notice To Users  
This control complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules.  
Users should ensure, for their own protection, that the electrical  
ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines, and internal  
metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected together.  
This precaution may be particularly important in rural areas.  
On the inside of the enclosure is a label that contains, among  
other information, the FCC Registration Number and the Ringer  
Equivalence Number (REN) for this equipment. You must, upon  
request, provide this information to your local telephone company.  
Users should not attempt to make such connections  
themselves, but should contact the appropriate  
electric inspection authority, or electrician, as  
appropriate.  
The REN is useful to determine the quantity of devices that may be  
connected to your telephone line and still have all of those devices  
ring when your telephone number is called. In most, but not all  
areas, the sum of the REN's of all devices connected to one line  
should not exceed five (5.0). To be certain of the number of devices  
that you may connect to your line, you may want to contact your  
local telephone company to determine the maximum REN for your  
local calling area.  
Terminal Requirements: The Load Number (LN) assigned to  
each terminal device denotes the percentage of the total load to be  
connected to a telephone loop which is used by the device, to  
prevent overloading. The termination on a loop may consist of any  
combination of devices subject only to the requirement that the  
total of the Load Numbers of all the devices does not exceed 100.  
The Load Number of the DS7400Xi is 2.  
This equipment may not be used on coin service provided by the  
telephone company. This control should not be connected to party  
lines.  
Should this equipment cause harm to the telephone network, the  
telephone company may discontinue your service temporarily. If  
possible, they will notify you in advance. But if advanced notice isn’t  
practical, you will be notified as soon as possible. You will be  
informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC. The telephone  
company may make changes in its facilities, equipment,  
operations, or procedures that could affect the proper functioning  
of your equipment.  
RFI Requirements: This Class A digital apparatus meets all  
requirements of the Canadian Interference-Causing Equipment  
Regulations. [Cet appareil numerique de la classe A respecte  
toutes les exigences du Reglement sur le material broilleur du  
Canada.]  
If they do, you will be notified in advance to give you an opportunity  
to maintain uninterrupted telephone service.  
6.19 For Installations in New Zealand  
Two-wire Connection:  
If you experience trouble with this equipment, please contact the  
manufacturer for information on obtaining service or repairs.  
The operation of this equipment on the same line as telephones  
or other equipment with audible warning devices or automatic ring  
detectors will give rise to bell tinkle or noise and may cause false  
tripping of the ring detector. Should such problems occur, the user  
is not to contact Telecom Faults Service.  
The telephone company may ask that you disconnect this  
equipment from the network until the problem has been corrected  
or until you are sure that the equipment is not malfunctioning. The  
repairs to this equipment must be made by the manufacturer and  
not the user.  
To guard against accidental disconnection, there is ample room to  
mount the Telco jack to the inside of the Control cabinet.  
The operation of this Control may also be affected if events such  
as accidents or acts of God cause an interruption in telephone  
service.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7.0  
Operating Guide  
For additional information on operating this system, consult the DS7400Xi (Ver. 4+) User’s Guide (P/N: 43851) and the front cover of this  
Reference Guide.  
7.2  
Fire Reset/Fire Trouble  
7.1  
Emergency Procedures  
7.2.1 Fire Reset  
7.1.1 Identifying Alarm Sounds  
During a fire alarm, exit the premises immediately. When you have  
determined there is no fire, you may silence the bells/sirens before  
you initiate the [System Reset] command: [PIN] + [System Reset].  
Before the [System Reset] command is used, determine which  
smoke detector has alarmed so the monitoring company may  
verify its operation.  
Your alarm system may be programmed for a steady alarm sound  
or a pulsed alarm sound. It is important to learn the difference  
between a fire alarm sound and an intrusion alarm sound before  
you are confronted with an actual emergency.  
7.1.2 Silencing Alarms  
All alarms can be silenced with any PIN that has disarm privileges.  
Entering your [PIN]+ [Off] will silence the alarm and turn off (disarm)  
the control.  
NOTE: To use the System Reset command sequence, your PIN  
must have disarm privileges. The System Reset com-  
mand will perform a fire reset, a battery test, and will clear  
all system troubles.  
7.1.3 A Cautionary Note  
NOTE: If the System Reset command has not been performed  
after 24 hours of the Fire Alarm, the keypad will sound  
and it will display “Fire Alarm Not Reset.” If the sounders  
have been silenced and the system has been reset prop-  
erly, this warning will not occur.  
How you respond to an alarm will depend, mostly, on the type and  
time of the alarm. You should seek the advice of your installing  
company as they install your system, not later (e.g. after an alarm)  
to develop a response plan.  
7.1.4 Use Common Sense  
7.2.2 Fire Trouble  
Above all else, common sense should prevail. If there is any threat  
or hint of danger to yourself or others on the premises, such as in  
the event of a fire alarm, everyone should be instructed to leave the  
premises immediately. Do not enter the premises unless  
accompanied by the appropriate Emergency Services’ personnel,  
or after they have given the OK to enter.  
A Fire Trouble message with a zone number signifies a problem  
with the fire system, such as a break in the wiring that monitors  
smoke detectors. A Fire Trouble message with no zone number  
indicates a ground fault if the unit is in the commercial fire mode.  
A Fire Trouble will be indicated by a short beep from the keypad  
sounders every 10 seconds. The DS7447/DS7447E will display  
“Fire Trouble” followed by the zones in a trouble condition. The  
DS7445/DS7445i will turn the Fire and Trouble Lights on steady  
and will light the corresponding zone LEDs.  
7.1.5 Caution When Entering a Building  
If the bells and sirens are on and/or the red Armed Light is flashing  
with the DS7447/DS7447E display reading “Zone Alarm” or the  
DS7445/DS7445i having its zone LEDs flashing, then the keypad  
is signaling that an alarm has occurred. The keypad will also issue  
a pulsed tone during the entry delay instead of the usual steady  
tone.  
Notify your installing company immediately if the Fire Trouble  
message is displayed.  
The Fire Trouble beep can be silenced with any [PIN] plus the [Off]  
key. After problems have been remedied, a [PIN] plus the [Off] key  
should again be entered to clear the “Fire Trouble” display.  
If the alarm has not been previously investigated, do not enter the  
building unless accompanied by the appropriate Emergency  
Services’ personnel.  
7.2.3 Dirty Smoke  
ADirty Smoke display, followed by a zone number and accompanied  
by a beep every ten seconds indicates that the smoke detector for  
that zone requires cleaning or replacement. The smoke detector  
will also give a Dirty indication by flashing its LED once per second.  
The Dirty Smoke beep can be silenced by any [PIN] plus the [Off]  
key.  
7.1.6 Fire Alarms  
Fire Alarms are silenced using the same procedure as intrusion  
alarms: a [PIN] (with disarm privileges) plus the [Off] key.  
The Fire Alarm system is not reset until alarms at smoke detectors  
are cleared by using the [System Reset] command. The Fire Alarm  
system will not be functional until this procedure has been followed.  
See the “Fire Reset” section, 7.2.  
Notify your installing company immediately if the Dirty Smoke  
message is displayed.  
7.3  
Emergency Keypad Alarms  
Armed  
St atus  
Power  
Fire  
Armed  
St atus  
Power  
Fire  
Perimeter  
Supervisory  
BellSilenced  
Trouble  
1
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
The Emergency Alarm Keys [A], [B], and [C] may generate Fire,  
Special Emergency, and Panic Alarms if programmed by the  
installer.  
Ask your installing company to explain the function of these  
keys.  
15 16  
10 11 12 13 14  
TEST WEEKLY  
On  
Off  
On  
Off  
1
2
3
1
4
7
2
5
8
0
3
6
9
#
Per imeter  
Only  
Perimeter  
Only  
4
7
5
8
6
9
No  
Entry  
No  
En tr y  
Bypass  
Bypass  
0
#
*
*
System  
Reset  
System  
Reset  
A
B
C
A
B
C
When using the Emergency Keys, they must be pressed for two seconds to generate an alarm.  
NOTE: If the Emergency Alarm Keys are to be used, they should be labeled to signify their functions.  
The A key should be labeled as the Fire key. This is the only key that may be designated as the Fire key.  
The B key should be labeled as the Special Emergency key.  
The C key should be labeled as the Panic key.  
Use the Disarming Command Sequence to cancel or silence these alarms.  
Page 26  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7.4  
Fire  
Safety  
No fire detection device or system should be considered 100% foolproof.  
This fire alarm system can provide early warning of a developing  
fire. Such a system, however, does not ensure protection against  
property damage or loss of life resulting from a fire. Any fire alarm  
system may fail to warn for any number of reasons (e.g. smoke not  
reaching a detector that is behind a closed door).  
When considering detectors for residential applications, refer to  
NFPA Standard 72, “The National Fire Alarm Code.” This standard  
is available at a nominal cost from: The National Fire Protection  
Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.  
exits from bedroom windows.  
Make copies of the plan and practice it with all family members.  
• Pre-arrange a meeting place outside and away from the  
residence. Once out of the building, all occupants should  
immediately go to the pre-selected location to be accounted for.  
• Provide a barricade between family members and fire, smoke,  
and toxic gases (e.g. close all bedroom doors before retiring).  
• Children should be instructed on opening their bedroom  
windows and exiting safely from the building. If exiting is not  
possible, they should be taught to stay at the open window and  
shout for help until it arrives.  
7.4.1 If Installed in Family Residences  
Adherence to the NFPA Standard 72 can lead to reasonable fire  
safety when the following items are practiced:  
• Minimize hazards: Avoid the three traditional fire killers: smoking  
in bed, leaving children home alone, and cleaning with  
flammable liquids.  
• In the event of a fire alarm after retiring, wake the children by  
shouting to them from behind your closed door. Tell them to  
keep their bedroom doors closed.  
• Providing a fire warning system: Most fire deaths occur in the  
home, the majority, during sleeping hours. The minimum level  
of protection requires smoke detectors to be installed outside of  
each separate sleeping area and on each additional story of the  
dwelling.  
• If the top of your bedroom door is uncomfortably hot, do not open  
it. There is most likely fire, intolerable heat, or smoke on the  
other side. Shout to all family members to keep their bedroom  
doors closed and to exit the building via alternate routes.  
For added early warning protection, it is recommended that  
detectors be installed in all separated areas including the  
basement, bedrooms, dining room, utility room, furnace room,  
and hallways.  
• If the top of the door is not uncomfortably hot, brace the bottom of  
the door with your foot, and the top with one hand, then open the  
door about one inch. Be prepared to slam the door shut if there  
is any pressure against the door or if any hot air rushes in.  
7.4.2 Having and Practicing an Escape Plan  
• If there is no evidence of excessive heat or pressure, leave the  
room and close the door behind you. Shout appropriate  
instructions to all family members and immediately leave the  
building via the pre-planned routes. If heavy smoke is present,  
drop to your hands and knees, or crawl to remain below the  
smoke level.  
A fire warning may be wasted unless the family has planned in  
advance for a rapid and safe exit from the building.  
• Draw a floor plan of the entire house showing two exits from  
each bedroom and two from the house. Since stairwells and  
hallways may be blocked during a fire, the plan should provide  
• Smoke detectors should not be installed in “dead air” spaces or  
close to ventilating or air conditioning outlets because smoke  
may be circulated away from the detector. Locations near air  
inlets should be favored.  
7.4.3 Installation Considerations  
Proper location of detection devices is one of the most critical  
factors in a fire alarm system.  
• Avoid areas subject to normal smoke concentrations such as  
kitchens, garages, or near fireplaces.  
The following are some general considerations:  
• Do not install smoke detectors where normal area tempera-  
tures are above 100° F (38° C) or below 32° F (0° C).  
• Areas of high humidity and dust concentrations should be avoid-  
ed.  
• The edge of ceiling mounted detectors should be no closer than  
4 inches (10 cm) from any wall.  
• Place the top edge of wall mounted detectors between 4 and 12  
inches (10 to 30 cm) from the ceiling.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
6 = Access Code: When a PIN with an Access Code is entered,  
any output programmed for Access Output (i.e.  
door strikes) will pulse on for 10 seconds  
(works when the system is armed or  
disarmed).  
7.5  
Personal Identification Numbers  
7.5.1 General Information  
A PIN (Personal Identification Number) is the 4- or 6-digit code  
users must enter at the keypad to gain access to the system. Your  
system has the capability to assign up to 200 PINs, each four or six  
digits long. A PIN may be assigned to each User Number.  
7.5.2 Programming PINs  
PINs should never be programmed with common sequences  
such as 1 2 3 4, 1 1 1 1, or 2 4 6 8 because they are easily  
violated.  
PINs can only be added, changed, or removed in Master  
Programming Mode, so they are not programmable from an RF  
(wireless) keypad.  
A User Number is the number that identifies each person using  
the system. There are 200 possible User Numbers available for  
use (001 through 200).  
You should write down your entries before you enter the Master  
Code Programming Mode and have them with you as you begin  
programming. Make your entries promptly. If a long delay occurs in  
your entries, the 3-beep error tone occurs and exits you from the  
programming mode.  
Each User Number can have only one PIN assigned to it.  
Attempting to assign the same PIN to multiple User Numbers will  
result in the three-beep error tone, and the entry will not be made.  
It is recommended that all PIN programming procedures be  
performed at a DS7447/DS7447E keypad since this keypad will  
provided visual prompts throughout the programming sequence.  
No visual clues will be given from a D7445/DS7445i keypad. When  
the programming sequence is successfully completed, both the  
DS7447/DS7447E and DS7445/DS7445i keypads will signal the  
seccessful completion with a long beep.  
User Number 001 is designated as a Master code. It can be used  
to add, delete, or change other PINs. It will always have access to  
all partitions regardless of how it is programmed.  
User Number 001 is shipped from the factory with the PIN of 1 2 3  
4. If your system has been reprogrammed for 6-digit PINs, the PIN  
for User Number 001 will be 123456. This PIN should be changed  
to one of your personal preference and must be programmed  
as a Master code.  
To add or change a PIN:  
• Enter Master Programming Mode (press [Master PIN] + [#] [0]).  
• Enter a 0 for PIN Setup programming (press [0]).  
• Enter the User Number (enter a 3-digit number from 001 to 200).  
• Enter the Authority Level (enter a number from 0 to 6).  
• Enter the Area(s) (Partitions) to which this user will have access  
(press [1], [2], [3], [4], [5], [6], [7], and/or [8] followed by [#]).  
• Enter the PIN (enter any 4- or 6-digit number; do not press [#]).  
• Enter the PIN again followed by [#].  
A Master code is one of the available authority levels which can be  
assigned to a user to determine which functions that user will be  
able to perform. The available authority levels are:  
0 = Master:  
Can enter all commands, add or change PINs  
in assigned partitions, change the time and  
date, bypass, arm, disarm, perform system  
tests, system reset and view history. User  
Number 001 must have the Master authority  
level. Any or all PINs can behave as a Master  
code.  
To set the expiration date for an existing Temporary PIN:  
• Enter Master Programming Mode (press [Master PIN] + [#] [0]).  
• Enter a 3 for Date of Code Expiration Setup programming (press  
[3]).  
• Enter the Expiration Month (press [0] [1] for January through [1]  
[2] for December).  
• Enter the Expiration Day (press [0] [1] through [3] [1]). The Tem-  
porary PIN will expire at Midnight on the day selected.  
Enter the Year (enter the last two digits of the year followed by  
[#]).  
1 = Unlimited:  
2 = General:  
Can enter all commands, bypass, arm,  
disarm, system reset and perform system  
tests. It can not change PINs.  
Can bypass, arm and disarm. It can not change  
PINs, system reset, enter [#] [7] or any of the  
[#] [8] functions.  
3 = Arm Only:  
4 = Temporary:  
Can arm the system with [PIN] + [ON] arming  
sequence only. It can not perform any other  
functions, including disarming.  
NOTE: Entering the command sequence [Master Code] [#] [0] [3]  
[#] will cause the DS7447/DS7447E keypad to read back  
the temporary code expiration date.  
Valid only for a specified time (the PIN will  
disappear upon expiration date). It can arm  
and disarm the system, but can not perform  
any other functions. If this is done from a  
Master keypad, you must be in Single Partition  
Mode. If access is assigned to more than one  
partition, you must enter a Temporary PIN  
expiration date for all assigned partitions (see  
Changing the Expiration Date for Temporary  
PINs).  
To remove a PIN:  
• Enter Master Programming Mode (press [Master PIN] + [#] [0]).  
• Enter a 0 for PIN Setup programming (press [0]).  
• Enter the User number of the PIN to be cancelled, followed by [#]  
(enter a 3-digit number from 001 to 200, then press [#]).  
5 = Duress:  
When the system is disarmed using the duress  
code, a silent report is sent to your monitoring  
service. The Duress code is intended to be  
used when the user is forced to disarm the  
system.  
Page 28  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
NOTE: User Number 001 can not be disabled in this manner.  
• The first partition you have access to will be displayed: “Ready  
to Arm. Cafeteria.”  
• Complete the command sequence (in this case arming) you  
wish for this partition: [#] [On].  
7.6  
The Master Keypad  
7.6.1 General Information  
Your system may include a Master keypad. A Master keypad is a • Move to the next partition you have access to by pressing the [#]  
DS7447/DS7447E keypad programmed to give a user access to key twice: [#] [#].  
all the partitions the user has access to, not just the partition in • The next partition you have access to will be displayed: “Ready  
which the Master keypad is located. This is different from a to Arm. Office.”  
Standard keypad in that Standard keypads only give access to the • Complete the command sequence you wish for this partition.  
single partition in which they are located. Commands entered at • After you have completed all the command sequences for the  
the Master keypad will affect all the partitions to which the user has  
access. If this is not desirable, the Master keypad can also be  
used to control each partition individually; this is called Single  
Partition Mode. Single Partition Mode allows a user to control any  
or all of the partitions the user has access to on an individual (one-  
by-one) basis (see section 7.6.3 for more information on Single  
Partition Mode).  
partitions you have access to, exit Single Partition Mode by  
pressing the [*] key for two seconds.  
7.6.4 Arming from the Master Keypad  
To arm all the Partitions to which you have access:  
[PIN] + any Arming Command Sequence. This will arm all the  
partitions to which you have access even if they are already  
armed.  
NOTE: In order to use the Master keypad, your PIN must be  
assigned to the partition in which the Master keypad is  
located.  
To arm only some of the Partitions to which you have access:  
• [PIN] + [#] + [#]. This puts you into Single Partition Mode.  
• The first partition to which you have access is displayed: “Ready  
to Arm. Cafeteria.”  
7.6.2 Master Keypad Displays  
• Enter the Arming Command Sequence you want for this parti-  
tion.  
• [#] + [#] opens the next partition to which you have access.  
• The next partition to which you have access is displayed: “Ready  
to Arm. Office.”  
• Enter the Arming Command Sequence you want for this parti-  
tion.  
• After arming any or all partitions to which you have access, you  
may exit Single Partition Mode by holding the [*] key for at least  
two seconds. The system will also drop out of Single Partition  
Mode after 40 seconds without a keypad entry.  
Master keypad displays will differ slightly from Standard keypads.  
The Master keypad display will scroll the Status of each partition,  
followed by the partition number. For example, if all partitions are  
armed, the Master keypad will scroll through the following displays:  
Armed  
Armed Armed Armed Armed Armed Armed Armed  
area 1 area 2 area 3 area 4 area 5 area 6 area 7 area 8  
If only partitions 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, and 8 are armed, the Master keypad  
will scroll through the following displays:  
Armed  
area 8  
Armed Armed Armed Armed Ready to Arm Armed Ready to Arm  
area 1 area 2 area 3 area 4 area 5 area 6 area 7  
Displays for partitions that are Not Ready will display in the same  
manner.  
7.6.5 Disarming from the Master Keypad  
To disarm all the Partitions to which you have access:  
The chart at the bottom of this page will help you understand what  
each LED function of the Master keypad represents.  
• [PIN] + [Off]. This will disarm all the partitions to which you have  
access even if they are already disarmed.  
7.6.3 Single Partition Mode  
To disarm only some of the Partitions to which you have access:  
Single Partition Mode is used to control partitions on a “one at a  
time/one by one” basis from the Master keypad.  
• [PIN] + [#] + [#]. This puts you into Single Partition Mode.  
• The first partition to which you have access is displayed: “Armed.  
Cafeteria.”  
• If you wish to disarm this partition, enter [Off]. If not, go to the next  
step.  
• [#] + [#] opens the next partition to which you have access.  
• The next partition to which you have access is displayed: “Armed.  
Office.”  
• If you wish to disarm this partition, enter [Off]. If not, go to the next  
step.  
To enter the Single Partition Mode, enter your [PIN], then press the  
[#] key twice. This will call up the first partition you have access to.  
Enter the command sequence you wish for this partition. You do  
not need to use your PIN again. To move on to the next partition you  
have access to, press the [#] key twice.  
To exit the Single Partition Mode, hold the [*] key down for 2 seconds.  
The system will also automatically drop out of Single Partition  
Mode after 40 seconds without a keypad entry.  
Example of accessing Single Partition Mode  
• After disarming any or all partitions to which you have access,  
you may exit Single Partition Mode by holding the [*] key for at  
• Enter your [PIN], followed by the [#] key twice: [1] [2] [3] [4] [#] [#].  
LED  
Armed  
(red)  
Off  
Flashing  
One or more partitions are armed, or  
an alarm has occurred.  
On  
All partitions are disarmed.  
All Partitions are armed, and no  
alarms have occurred.  
Status  
(green)  
Power  
(green)  
Not ready to arm (if the Armed LED is  
On, all partitions are armed).  
The Control Panel has lost all power;  
no AC or battery.  
One or more zones are bypassed.  
All partitions are ready to arm.  
Control Panel problems exist.  
Normal Operation.  
The Control Panel is running on AC  
power with no problems,  
See Error Displays.  
Fire  
There are no fire alarms.  
A fire zone is in alarm.  
A fire trouble condition exists.  
(red)  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
least two seconds. The system will also drop out of Single Par-  
tition Mode after 40 seconds without a keypad entry.  
[#] [8] [7] will display  
[#] [8] [9] will  
display  
RAM Fault  
ROM Fault  
System Fault 01  
System Fault 02  
System Fault 03  
System Fault 04  
System Fault 10  
7.7  
Keypad Error Displays  
7.7.1 General Information  
EEPROM Fault  
Ground Fault  
Display  
Meaning  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
Power LED flashing  
There is an Error Message. To  
Control Trouble Enter #87 display the message, enter [PIN] + [#]  
[8] [7].  
2Ph/Bell Fault = loss of communication to  
DS7420i  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
LED 1 On  
AC Power Failure  
There is a power failure, and the  
panel is operating on backup battery  
power.  
Line 1 Fault = DS7420I phone line 1 fault  
Line 2 Fault = DS7420I phone line 2 fault  
Bell Fault = DS7420i bell circuit fault  
System Fault 11  
System Fault 12  
System Fault 13  
System Fault 14  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
LED 2 On  
Battery Trouble*  
If the system has just been through a  
power failure, wait at least two hours  
for the battery to recharge, the enter  
[PIN] + [System Reset] to perform a  
battery test,  
Aux. Relay Fault = DS7420I auxiliary relay  
fault  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
LED 3 On  
Communicator Err**  
The communicator failed to  
communicate with the Central  
Station.  
Oct. Relay Fault = loss of communication to  
DS7488  
System Fault 20  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
LED 4 On  
System Fault  
LED 5 On  
Keypad Fault  
LED 6 On  
Internal error in the control circuitry or  
optional circuitry. See System Faults.  
One of the keypads is not responding  
to the Control Panel.  
One of the keypad housings has  
been opened.  
Reserved for older panels  
System Fault 50  
System Fault 51  
System Fault 52  
System Fault 53  
System Fault 54  
AR IB Queue Full = modem buffer full  
AR Host Down = network data switch down  
AR Unreg. Modem = modem not registered  
Keypad Tamper  
LED 7 On  
Multiplex Bus  
LED 8 On  
Aux. Power Fault  
not applicable  
Zone Trouble  
The multiplex bus is defective or has  
been shorted.  
The auxiliary power has been  
shorted.  
One of the zones is not responding to  
the Control Panel. This may also be  
displayed during power-up; if so,  
ignore it.  
AR Power Fail = power source below  
defined threshold  
AR Network Lost = loss of network  
System Fault 55  
System Fault 56  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
DS7445/DS7445i:  
DS7447/DS7447E:  
not applicable  
RF  
Indicates a problem with an RF  
(wireless) zone.  
AR Modem HW Err = modem hardware  
error  
not applicable  
Dirty Chamber  
One of the multiplex smoke detectors  
has failed the sensitivity test and may  
require cleaning or replacement. The  
keypad beep may be cleared by  
entering [PIN] + [Off].  
AR Modem SW Err = modem software  
error  
System Fault 57  
System Fault 58  
System Fault 59  
AR Opt. Bus Err = loss of communications  
to ARDIS module  
Error Displays can only be read when the control is disarmed.  
Some Control Panel Errors, such as battery trouble and any RF  
troubles, will cause the keypad sounders to beep every 10 seconds.  
The keypad sounders may be silenced for 4 hours by entering:  
[PIN] + [Off].  
AR Corrupt MSG = message error  
7.7.3 Event History  
The sounders will continue to resound until the problem is fixed.  
To Clear a display, enter:  
The History Buffer stores the last 400 events in memory. The  
DS7447/DS7447E can display all of these events. If this test is  
performed from a Master keypad, it must be in Single Partition  
Mode. The DS7445/DS7445i will only display those zones (1-8)  
that have alarmed since the last Event History Readback. The  
RF3341 cannot display history events.  
[PIN] + [System Reset].  
Clear the Error Display only on the advice of your  
installing company or if you are certain the problem  
has been remedied.  
To readback the Event History Buffer:  
• Press [PIN] + [#] [8] [9]. On a DS7447/DS7447E keypad, the last  
event to take place will be displayed. On a DS7445/DS7445i  
keypad, the zone LEDs for any zones that have alarmed since  
the last Event History Readback in that partition will flash.  
• Scroll through the events using the [9], [6], and [#] keys as follows:  
To begin scrolling back through the events, press the [#] key. The  
[#] key will scroll you back through the history line by line. The [9]  
key will scroll you back in reverse chronological order by event. A  
[6] will scroll you back up through the events (toward the most  
recent) by event.  
NOTE: System faults may be read from any keypad because they  
are system-wide. All other Error Displays are limited to  
the partition the standard keypad is in. If you are on a  
Master keypad, you may read Error Displays one partition  
at a time.  
7.7.2 System Faults  
System faults are designated as follows:  
Each event consists of two or three lines or display screens. The  
first line/screen will be the event title and user. The second line/  
screen will be the date of the event or the change being made. If  
there is a third line/screen, it will be the date of the change.  
NOTE: When performing this from a Master keypad, each partition  
will display its own history.  
To exit the Event History Mode, press the [*] key or wait 20 seconds  
and the keypad will exit automatically.  
Page 30  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
7.8  
Testing Your System  
To initiate a Communicator Test:  
7.8.1 Zone (System Walk) Test  
• Press [PIN] + [#] [8] [2]. A long beep will sound. A “Test” report is  
sent to the monitoring service. If the test fails, the keypad sounder  
will sound continuously. To silence the sounder, press [System  
Reset].  
The Zone Test is used to confirm that detectors will report alarms  
to the keypad. A Zone Test works on all zones, except 24-hour  
zones and fire zones. While the keypad is in a Zone Test, no control  
panel alarms will activate an alarm, except 24-hour zone alarms  
and fire alarms; these will override the Zone Test function.  
NOTE: This test may take several minutes to complete because  
the control panel will try ten attempts.  
To perform a Zone Test:  
• Press [PIN] + [#] [8] [1].  
7.8.4 Fire Walk Test  
- The DS7445/DS7445i zone LEDs of any untested zones will  
flash.  
This test is used to confirm that Smoke detectors will report alarms  
to the keypads. The Fire Walk Test tests all fire zones, including  
verified fire and waterflow.  
At the start of the Fire Walk Test a Fire Walk Test report, if  
programmed, is sent to the central station. Fire alarm reports are  
not sent to the central station during the Fire Walk Test. A Fire Walk  
Test restoral is sent upon completion of the Fire Walk Test.  
The Fire Walk Test is enabled for 20 minutes once it is started. The  
test time is extended to 20 minutes every time another zone is  
tested.  
- The DS7447/DS7447E displays “Test Zone” followed by the  
zone number of any zones that have not been tested.  
• Pick any untested zone and manually cause a detector to alarm  
using a method specified in the detector’s Installation  
Instructions.  
- The DS7445/DS7445i zone LED for the zone currently being  
tested will turn on steady.  
- The DS7447/DS7447E displays “Now Testing” followed by  
the zone number of the zone that is currently being tested.  
• Clear the alarm condition from the detector using a method  
specified in the detector’s Installation Instructions, and trigger  
an alarm on the next detector in that zone. Continue until all  
detector’s in that zone have been tested.  
- As each zone is tested, its DS7445/DS7445i zone LED turns  
off.  
- As each zone is tested, the DS7447/DS7447E display returns  
to “Test Zone” and indicates the remaining untested zones.  
Test each zone.  
When a fire zone is tested, any output programmed to follow that  
zone will activate for 5 seconds.  
To perform a Fire Walk Test:  
• Press [PIN] + [#] [9] [1].  
- The DS7445/DS7445i zone LEDs of any untested zones will  
flash.  
- The DS7447/DS7447E displays “Fire Test” followed by the  
zone number of any zones that have not been tested.  
• Pick any untested zone and manually cause a detector to alarm  
using a method specified in the detector’s Installation  
Instructions.  
• Exit the Zone Test using [PIN] + [#].  
- The DS7445/DS7445i zone LED for the zone currently being  
tested will turn on steady.  
7.8.2 Battery Tests  
You may perform a test of the battery and the local sounder or just  
test the battery. If these tests are performed from a Master keypad,  
it must be in Single Partition Mode. System Tests are not available  
from RF (wireless) keypads.  
- The DS7447/DS7447E displays “Fire Testing” followed by  
the zone number of the zone that is currently being tested.  
• Clear the alarm condition from the detector using a method  
specified in the detector’s Installation Instructions, and trigger  
an alarm on the next detector in that zone. Continue until all  
detector’s in that zone have been tested.  
- As each zone is tested, its DS7445/DS7445i zone LED turns  
off.  
- As each zone is tested, the DS7447/DS7447E display returns  
to “Fire Test” and indicates the remaining untested zones. *  
To initiate a Local Battery / Sounder Test:  
• Press [PIN] + [#] [8] [5]. All keypad LEDs will turn on. The keypad  
sounder and all alarm sounding devices will operate for two  
seconds. If the test fails, the control panel will indicate a control  
problem. See Error Displays on page 30.  
NOTE: If power in your building has been off recently, wait two Test each zone as instructed by your installing company.  
hours for the battery to recharge and then try again.  
• Exit the Zone Test using [PIN] + [#].  
To initiate a Battery Test:  
NOTE: A Fire Walk Test will prevent the system from sending any  
• Press [PIN] + [System Reset]. The control panel will perform a  
battery test. The control panel will report a Low Battery or a Low  
Battery Restoral if necessary.  
Fire Reports during the test.  
7.8.3 Communicator Test  
This test is available only if the system transmits alarms and system  
information to a monitoring service, and has been programmed by  
the security installing company to permit communicator tests. This  
test can be performed from a Master Keypad. The account code for  
partition #1 will be used. System Tests are not available from RF  
(wireless) keypads.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
8.0  
8.1  
How to Program the Control Panel  
Entering the Programmer’s Mode  
To enter the Programmer’s Mode, enter the Programmer’s Code followed by [#] [0]. Shorting the program pads (see section 2.0 for  
location) on the control panel will also activate Programmer’s Mode.  
NOTE: The factory set default Programmer’s Code is [9] [8] [7] [6]. If the system has been reprogrammed for 6-digit PINs, the default  
Programmer’s Code will be [9] [8] [7] [6] [5] [4].  
8.2  
Reading Back a Program Address  
Once you are in the programmer’s mode, to read back the value of a Program Address, enter that Program Address followed by [#]. Each  
data digit is displayed one data digit at a time. To view the second data digit, enter the # button again.  
The display will look like this:  
8.3  
Entering a Value in a Program Address  
To enter a value in the Program Address, enter the Program Address, then enter the value for each Data Digit, then enter [#] to save it and  
move on to the next Program Address. Entering data digit 1 will increment you to the next data digit.  
The display will show the Program Address and will display the value of each Data Digit after you enter it. The data will be programmed  
(saved) when you press the [#] key. The control panel will automatically increment to the next program address.  
• If you wish to program that next address, enter the necessary information.  
• If you wish to read back the value of that address, press the [#] key.  
• If you wish to program a different address, press the [*] key two times and enter the program address you wish to program.  
If you make a mistake at any time, press the [*] key two times (before pressing the [#] key). This will clear the display, allowing you to enter  
the program address you wish to work with.  
8.4  
HEX values  
Some Data Digit values will be higher than 9. These values must be programmed by pressing the [*] key followed by some other  
number. These values will display as HEX characters (A - F) when entered. Example: entering *0 at the keypad will display an A.  
The HEX character values are as follows:  
*0 = A *1 = B *2 = C *3 = D *4 = E *5 = F  
8.5  
Defaults  
The DS7400Xi is shipped from the factory as a working, pre-programmed control. Many of the programming addresses may already be  
set to the values you need. The default values are shown in  
.
Reverse Print  
If the value you would like is in  
, you don’t need to re-program this address.  
Reverse Print  
In the example, a “0” is the default value:  
If the default value is not shown in  
, it will be shown in a separate table.  
Reverse Print  
8.6  
Setting the Control to the Factory Default  
Only enter [0] [1] [#] in Program Address 4058 when you are completely sure you want to erase all installer program-  
ming. Entering [0] [1] [#] in Program Address 4058 will immediately reset the control to the factory default. Any  
programming already done by the installer will be erased. This action cannot be reversed.  
To set the control’s programming values back to the default, enter the programming mode, then enter [4][0][5][8][0] [1] [#].  
8.7  
Exiting the Programmer’s Mode  
To exit the Programmer’s Mode, press the [*] key for a minimum of 2 seconds. If no keypad entries are made for 4 minutes, the control  
will automatically exit you from the Programmer’s Mode.  
Page 32  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
9.0  
Understanding the Programming Charts  
The Programming Reference Guide makes use of three types of charts. Each is described below.  
If the chart looks like this, a combination of features is available to be programmed for that particular address.  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Enter one of these numbers  
for the appropriate data digit  
Select Options  
Feature 1  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7  
Feature 2  
The dots represent which  
options/features are included  
with each selection  
Feature 3  
Feature 4  
Example:  
Feature 2  
To select  
enter the data digit as a 1.  
Feature 2  
only,  
To select  
Feature 4,  
enter the data digit as a 5.  
and  
Identifies the options/features  
available for this address  
If the chart looks like this, only a single feature is available to be programmed for that particular address.  
Select Option  
DD  
0
Disabled  
Represents the option/feature  
available for this address.  
Perimeter Instant  
1
24-Hour  
2
Example:  
Entry/Exit Delay #1  
3
Disabled  
To select  
,
Entry/Exit Delay #2  
4
enter the data digit as a 0.  
To select Entry/Exit Delay #2,  
enter the data digit as a 4.  
Enter one of these numbers  
for the appropriate data digit  
Some pages may also include a Default chart that looks like this:  
Zone Function  
Address  
Default  
1
2
3
0001  
0002  
0003  
23  
24  
21  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.0 Programming  
10.1 General Control Programing: Program Address (0000)  
General Control programming defines the system-wide general operating parameters. See Glossary (section 6.1) for further details.  
Normal Arming Custom Arming Perimeter Instant Arming Perimeter Arming Maximum Security Arming Closing Ring Back Siren on Communication Fail Restore Swinger Shunts  
Data Digit  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
1
2
Select Options  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Allow Normal and Custom Arming**  
Allow Perimeter Instant Arming**  
Allow Perimeter Arming**  
Allow Maximum Security Arming**  
Closing Ring-Back  
Siren on Comm. Fail for Silent Zone  
Δ
50 Hz. operation  
60 Hz. operation  
Δ
= For installations in North America, select 60 Hz. operation.  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Enter DD as a:  
0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8  
Select Options  
3
Restore zone when Sounders Silence  
Restore zone when Zone Restores  
Restore zone when System is Disarmed  
Allow Swinger Shunts. Send Bypass Reports  
Allow Swinger Shunts. No Bypass Reports  
** = • Normal Arming = [PIN] + [On]: If programmed, Normal Arming arms the entire system while allowing entry delays for entry/  
exit zones.  
• Perimeter Instant Arming = [PIN] + [No Entry] + [Perimeter Only]: If programmed, Perimeter Instant Arming arms only the  
perimeter of the system and does not allow entry delays for entry/exit zones.  
• Perimeter Arming = [PIN] + [Perimeter Only]: If programmed, Perimeter Arming arms only the perimeter of the system  
while allowing entry delays for entry/exit zones.  
• Custom Arming = [PIN] + [#] [4]: If programmed, Custom Arming allows custom arming of the system and bypasses the  
zone functions specified in data addresses 2725-2728.  
• Maximum Security Arming = [PIN] + [No Entry] + [On]: If programmed, Maximum Security Arming arms the entire system  
and does not allow entry delays for entry/exit zones.  
Page 34  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Programming a Zone  
Programming a Zone is a four step process. These steps must be performed, in order, to program a zone.  
• Step 1 is programming Zone Functions (what the zone will do in alarm),  
• Step 2 is assigning a Zone Function to the zone.  
• Step 3 is assigning a Zone Type to the zone.  
• Step 4 is assigning the zone to a partition.  
Step 1: Programming the Zone Functions  
10.2 Zone Function Programming: Program Addresses (0001-0030)  
A Zone Function is the description of how a zone will behave. Up to 30 different Zone Functions may  
be programmed. You may use the default values (which are already programmed into the panel) and  
skip this step, or change the defaults, or add new Zone Functions. See section 6.2 for further  
Data Digit  
1
2
details.  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Select Options  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Select Option  
Interior Delayed  
DD  
Invisible Alarm  
Silent Alarm  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Steady Alarm Output  
Perimeter Instant  
Pulsing Alarm Output  
Alarm on Short  
24-Hour  
Entry/Exit Delay #1  
Entry/Exit Delay #2  
Interior Entry/Exit Follower  
Interior Home/Away  
Interior Instant  
Alarm on Open  
Trouble on Open**  
Trouble on Short  
*2 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as C - F at the keypads.  
** = Only when disarmed. When armed, this becomes Alarm on Open or Short for  
Note:  
non-24-hour zones.  
not be programmed for Trouble on Open.  
Multiplex contacts (DS7450 and DS7452) should  
Day Monitor  
8
9
Keyswitch (See note below)  
Fire Zone with verification  
Default Values  
Value Zone  
(fill in) Funct.  
*0  
(Will be forced to different values when in  
Commercial Fire Mode. See section 10.18.3)  
Address  
Fire Zone w/out verification *1  
1
2
0001  
0002  
0003  
0004  
0005  
0006  
0007  
0008  
0009  
0010  
0011  
0012  
0013  
0014  
0015  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
3 = Entry/exit delay 1.  
Waterflow  
*2  
*3  
*4  
*5  
Supervisory  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
4 = Entry/exit delay 2.  
Entry/Exit Delay Cancel 1  
Entry/Exit Delay Cancel 2  
3
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
4
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
5 = Interior entry/exit follower.  
5
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
6 = Interior home/away.  
9
6
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
7 = Interior Instant.  
7
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
2 = 24-hour.  
Note:  
If digit 2 = 9 (keyswitch), use  
this chart for digit 1.  
8
7 = Pulsing alarm output, alarm on short, trouble on open.  
*0 = Fire zone with verification.  
Select Option  
DD  
9
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
Single Partition-No Force Arm  
Single Partition-Can Force Arm  
0
1
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
All Partitions-No Force Arm  
All Partitions-Can Force Arm  
2
3
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
An open loop will always produce  
a steady alarm response.  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
16  
to  
30  
0016  
to  
0030  
2 = Steady alarm output, alarm on short and open.  
1 = Perimeter Instant.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Step 2:  
Assigning a Zone Function to the Zone  
In this step, a Zone function is assigned to the Zone.  
10.3 Zone Programming: Program Addresses (0031-0278)  
In Zone Programming, each zone is defined according to its input (single or multiple zone input, or a DS7465) and its Zone Function  
(1-30) or Output Function (1-24). The DS7465’s relay is the only device that will follow the output functions; its input loop will follow a zone  
function. All single and multiple zone inputs will follow a zone function. See section 6.3 for further details.  
Data Digit  
2
1
Zone  
Function  
Value  
Options  
00  
Disable a zone  
Enter a Zone Function Value  
The DS7465 occupies two zones. The odd numbered  
zone of the zone pair is the input zone. The even  
numbered zone of the zone pair is the output relay.  
The output follows an output function.  
01-30  
Zone  
Function  
Default  
Zone Number  
Address  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0031  
0032  
0033  
0034  
0035  
0036  
0037  
0038  
01  
02  
03  
04  
05  
06  
07  
08  
00  
9-248  
0039-0278  
Hint:  
Address = Zone Number + 30  
Page 36  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Step 3:  
Assigning a Zone Type to the Zone  
10.4 Zone Programming: Zone Type Program Addresses (0415-0538)  
In Zone Programming, each zone is defined according to its Input (single or multiple zone input, or a DS7465) and its Zone Function  
or Output function (1-24). The DS7465’s relay is the only device that will follow the output functions; its input loop will follow a zone  
function. All single and multiple zone inputs will follow a zone function. See section 6.3 for further details.  
Select Option  
DD  
DD  
Select Option  
Data Digit  
Single Zone Input  
(zones 1-8 on the control, multiplex contacts,  
sensors, or a DS7457)  
Single Zone Input  
(zones 1-8 on the control, multiplex contacts,  
sensors, or a DS7457)  
0
0
1
2
Multiple Zone Input  
(any zone that is on a DS7432, DS7433, or DS7460)  
Multiple Zone Input  
(any zone that is on a DS7432, DS7433, or DS7460)  
1
1
If Data Digit 1 is 2  
DS7465 Connections  
(the input zone or the output relay on a DS7465)  
DS7465 Connections  
(the input zone or the output relay on a DS7465)  
2
2
Data Digit 2 MUST be 2  
The D7465 occupies two zones. The odd  
numbered zone of the zone pair is the input  
zone. The even numbered zone of the zone  
pair is the output relay.  
The D7465 occupies two zones. The odd  
numbered zone of the zone pair is the input  
zone. The even numbered zone of the zone  
pair is the output relay.  
IMPORTANT  
IMPORTANT  
MX280, MX280TH Multiplex Smoke Detectors  
MX280, MX280TH Multiplex Smoke Detectors  
3
3
If Data Digit 1 is 4  
MX280THL Multiplex Smoke Detectors  
with Low Temperature Alarm  
MX280THL Multiplex Smoke Detectors  
with Low Temperature Alarm  
4
4
Data Digit 2 MUST be 4  
The MX280THL occupies two zones. The odd  
numbered zone of the zone pair is the smoke  
detector. The even numbered zone of the zone  
pair is the Low Temperature Alarm.  
The MX280THL occupies two zones. The odd  
numbered zone of the zone pair is the smoke  
detector. The even numbered zone of the zone  
pair is the Low Temperature Alarm.  
IMPORTANT  
IMPORTANT  
Keyfob  
5
Keyfob  
5
Zones  
Address  
Zones  
Address  
Zones  
Address  
Zones  
Address  
Zones 1 & 2  
Zones 3 & 4  
Zones 5 & 6  
0415  
0416  
0417  
0418  
0419  
0420  
0421  
0422  
0423  
0424  
0425  
0426  
0427  
0428  
0429  
0430  
0431  
0432  
0433  
0434  
0435  
0436  
0437  
0438  
0439  
0440  
0441  
0442  
0443  
0444  
0445  
0446  
Zones 65 & 66  
Zones 67 & 68  
Zones 69 & 70  
Zones 71 & 72  
Zones 73 & 74  
Zones 75 & 76  
Zones 77 & 78  
Zones 79 & 80  
Zones 81 & 82  
Zones 83 & 84  
Zones 85 & 86  
Zones 87 & 88  
Zones 89 & 90  
Zones 91 & 92  
Zones 93 & 94  
Zones 95 & 96  
Zones 97 & 98  
Zones 99 & 100  
Zones 101 & 102  
Zones 103 & 104  
Zones 105 & 106  
Zones 107 & 108  
Zones 109 & 110  
Zones 111 & 112  
Zones 113 & 114  
Zones 115 & 116  
Zones 117 & 118  
Zones 119 & 120  
Zones 121 & 122  
Zones 123 & 124  
Zones 125 & 126  
Zones 127 & 128  
0447  
0448  
0449  
0450  
0451  
0452  
0453  
0454  
0455  
0456  
0457  
0458  
0459  
0460  
0461  
0462  
0463  
0464  
0465  
0466  
0467  
0468  
0469  
0470  
0471  
0472  
0473  
0474  
0475  
0476  
0477  
0478  
Zones 129 & 130  
Zones 131 & 132  
Zones 133 & 134  
Zones 135 & 136  
Zones 137 & 138  
Zones 139 & 140  
Zones 141 & 142  
Zones 143 & 144  
Zones 145 & 146  
Zones 147& 148  
Zones 149 & 150  
Zones 151 & 152  
Zones 153 & 154  
Zones 155 & 156  
Zones 157 & 158  
Zones 159 & 160  
Zones 161 & 162  
Zones 163 & 164  
Zones 165 & 166  
Zones 167 & 168  
Zones 169 & 170  
Zones 171 & 172  
Zones 173 & 174  
Zones 175 & 176  
Zones 177 & 178  
Zones 179 & 180  
Zones 181 & 182  
Zones 183 & 184  
Zones 185 & 186  
Zones 187 & 188  
Zones 189 & 190  
Zones 191 & 192  
0479  
0480  
0481  
0482  
0483  
0484  
0485  
0486  
0487  
0488  
0489  
0490  
0491  
0492  
0493  
0494  
0495  
0496  
0497  
0498  
0499  
0500  
0501  
0502  
0503  
0504  
0505  
0506  
0507  
0508  
0509  
0510  
Zones 193 & 194  
Zones 195 & 196  
Zones 197 & 198  
Zones 199 & 200  
Zones 201 & 202  
Zones 203 & 204  
Zones 205 & 206  
Zones 207 & 208  
Zones 209 & 210  
Zones 211 & 212  
Zones 213 & 214  
Zones 215 & 216  
Zones 217 & 218  
Zones 219 & 220  
Zones 221 & 222  
Zones 223 & 224  
Zones 225 & 226  
Zones 227 & 228  
Zones 229 & 230  
Zones 231 & 232  
Zones 233 & 234  
Zones 235 & 236  
Zones 237 & 238  
Zones 239 & 240  
Zones 241 & 242  
Zones 243 & 244  
Zones 245 & 246  
Zones 247 & 248  
0511  
0512  
0513  
0514  
0515  
0516  
0517  
0518  
0519  
0520  
0521  
0522  
0523  
0524  
0525  
0526  
0527  
0528  
0529  
0530  
0531  
0532  
0533  
0534  
0535  
0536  
0537  
0538  
Zones 7 & 8  
Zones 9 & 10  
Zones 11 & 12  
Zones 13 & 14  
Zones 15 & 16  
Zones 17 & 18  
Zones 19 & 20  
Zones 21 & 22  
Zones 23 & 24  
Zones 25 & 26  
Zones 27 & 28  
Zones 29 & 30  
Zones 31 & 32  
Zones 33 & 34  
Zones 35 & 36  
Zones 37 & 38  
Zones 39 & 40  
Zones 41 & 42  
Zones 43 & 44  
Zones 45 & 46  
Zones 47 & 48  
Zones 49 & 50  
Zones 51 & 52  
Zones 53 & 54  
Zones 55 & 56  
Zones 57 & 58  
Zones 59 & 60  
Zones 61 & 62  
Zones 63 & 64  
When using premises RF,  
zones 129-136 are reserved.  
zones 137-248 are available as RF zones  
only! Wired zones can not reside in zones  
137-248 when using RF.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Step 4: Assigning a Partition to the Zone  
10.5 Zone Partition Assignment: Program Addresses (0287-0410)  
In Zone Partition Assignment, each zone is assigned to a partition. By default, all zones are assigned to partition 1.  
The partition assignment for odd numbered zones is programmed in the first data digit of these addresses. The partition assignment  
for even numbered zones is programmed in the second data digit of these addresses.  
For example, to assign zone 1 to partition 1 and zone 2 to partition 2, program address 0287 as 01.  
Zones  
Address  
Zones  
Address  
Zones  
Address  
Zones  
Address  
Zones 1 & 2  
Zones 3 & 4  
Zones 5 & 6  
0287  
0288  
0289  
0290  
0291  
0292  
0293  
0294  
0295  
0296  
0297  
0298  
0299  
0300  
0301  
0302  
0303  
0304  
0305  
0306  
0307  
0308  
0309  
0310  
0311  
0312  
0313  
0314  
0315  
0316  
0317  
0318  
Zones 65 & 66  
Zones 67 & 68  
Zones 69 & 70  
Zones 71 & 72  
Zones 73 & 74  
Zones 75 & 76  
Zones 77 & 78  
Zones 79 & 80  
Zones 81 & 82  
Zones 83 & 84  
Zones 85 & 86  
Zones 87 & 88  
Zones 89 & 90  
Zones 91 & 92  
Zones 93 & 94  
Zones 95 & 96  
Zones 97 & 98  
Zones 99 & 100  
Zones 101 & 102  
Zones 103 & 104  
Zones 105 & 106  
Zones 107 & 108  
Zones 109 & 110  
Zones 111 & 112  
Zones 113 & 114  
Zones 115 & 116  
Zones 117 & 118  
Zones 119 & 120  
Zones 121 & 122  
Zones 123 & 124  
Zones 125 & 126  
Zones 127 & 128  
0319  
0320  
0321  
0322  
0323  
0324  
0325  
0326  
0327  
0328  
0329  
0330  
0331  
0332  
0333  
0334  
0335  
0336  
0337  
0338  
0339  
0340  
0341  
0342  
0343  
0344  
0345  
0346  
0347  
0348  
0349  
0350  
Zones 129 & 130  
Zones 131 & 132  
Zones 133 & 134  
Zones 135 & 136  
Zones 137 & 138  
Zones 139 & 140  
Zones 141 & 142  
Zones 143 & 144  
Zones 145 & 146  
Zones 147& 148  
Zones 149 & 150  
Zones 151 & 152  
Zones 153 & 154  
Zones 155 & 156  
Zones 157 & 158  
Zones 159 & 160  
Zones 161 & 162  
Zones 163 & 164  
Zones 165 & 166  
Zones 167 & 168  
Zones 169 & 170  
Zones 171 & 172  
Zones 173 & 174  
Zones 175 & 176  
Zones 177 & 178  
Zones 179 & 180  
Zones 181 & 182  
Zones 183 & 184  
Zones 185 & 186  
Zones 187 & 188  
Zones 189 & 190  
Zones 191 & 192  
0351  
0352  
0353  
0354  
0355  
0356  
0357  
0358  
0359  
0360  
0361  
0362  
0363  
0364  
0365  
0366  
0367  
0368  
0369  
0370  
0371  
0372  
0373  
0374  
0375  
0376  
0377  
0378  
0379  
0380  
0381  
0382  
Zones 193 & 194  
Zones 195 & 196  
Zones 197 & 198  
Zones 199 & 200  
Zones 201 & 202  
Zones 203 & 204  
Zones 205 & 206  
Zones 207 & 208  
Zones 209 & 210  
Zones 211 & 212  
Zones 213 & 214  
Zones 215 & 216  
Zones 217 & 218  
Zones 219 & 220  
Zones 221 & 222  
Zones 223 & 224  
Zones 225 & 226  
Zones 227 & 228  
Zones 229 & 230  
Zones 231 & 232  
Zones 233 & 234  
Zones 235 & 236  
Zones 237 & 238  
Zones 239 & 240  
Zones 241 & 242  
Zones 243 & 244  
Zones 245 & 246  
Zones 247 & 248  
0383  
0384  
0385  
0386  
0387  
0388  
0389  
0390  
0391  
0392  
0393  
0394  
0395  
0396  
0397  
0398  
0399  
0400  
0401  
0402  
0403  
0404  
0405  
0406  
0407  
0408  
0409  
0410  
Zones 7 & 8  
Zones 9 & 10  
Zones 11 & 12  
Zones 13 & 14  
Zones 15 & 16  
Zones 17 & 18  
Zones 19 & 20  
Zones 21 & 22  
Zones 23 & 24  
Zones 25 & 26  
Zones 27 & 28  
Zones 29 & 30  
Zones 31 & 32  
Zones 33 & 34  
Zones 35 & 36  
Zones 37 & 38  
Zones 39 & 40  
Zones 41 & 42  
Zones 43 & 44  
Zones 45 & 46  
Zones 47 & 48  
Zones 49 & 50  
Zones 51 & 52  
Zones 53 & 54  
Zones 55 & 56  
Zones 57 & 58  
Zones 59 & 60  
Zones 61 & 62  
Zones 63 & 64  
DD  
Select Option  
Data Digit  
Belongs to Partition 1  
Belongs to Partition 2  
Belongs to Partition 3  
Belongs to Partition 4  
Belongs to Partition 5  
Belongs to Partition 6  
Belongs to Partition 7  
Belongs to Partition 8  
= odd numbered zones  
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
= even numbered zones  
Page 38  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.6 Zone Bypass Programming: Program Addresses (2721-2724)  
Zone Bypass programming determines which zone functions can be bypassed. Zone functions that can not be bypassed can not be  
force armed either. Fire zones can never be manually bypassed, but can be force armed. The Default of [0] or [8] means those zones can  
be bypassed.  
PA 2721  
Note: This programming item does not affect Custom Arming Programming (PA 2725-2778) or  
Data Digit  
Swinger Shunt Bypasses (see programming for Program Address 0000).  
1
2
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
*4  
*5  
Select Options  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3  
Zone Function 1 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 2 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 3 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 4 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Select Options  
Zone Function 5 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 6 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 7 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 8 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
PA 2722  
Data Digit  
1
2
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Select Options  
0
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Zone Function 9 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 10 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 11 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 12 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Select Options  
Zone Function 13 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 14 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 15 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 16 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc. P/N: F01U035325-01  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Page 39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
PA 2723  
Data Digit  
1
2
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Select Options  
*4  
*5  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3  
Zone Function 17 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 18 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 19 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 20 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Select Options  
0
Zone Function 21 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 22 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 23 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 24 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
PA 2724  
Data Digit  
1
2
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Select Options  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Zone Function 25 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 26 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 27 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 28 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Select Options  
0
Zone Function 29 Can Be Bypassed  
Zone Function 30 Can Be Bypassed  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Page 40  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.7 Output Programming: Program Addresses (2734, 2735, 2736)  
Output programming defines the event, partition, and type of alarm (burglary or fire) that will trigger each of the three physical outputs on  
the control panel.  
See section 3.0 for the location of the physical outputs on the control panel.  
See Glossary (section 6.4) for further details.  
Data Digit  
1
2
Select Option  
Latch on ANY Zone Alarm**  
ON during Entry Pre-Alert/Exit Warning  
ON for 10 sec. after pressing [System Reset]  
ON when system is Armed  
Ground Start  
DD  
Programmable Output 1 will  
be ON for 10 seconds after  
pressing [System Reset].  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
*0  
Programmable Output 2 will  
be OFF for 10 seconds after  
pressing [System Reset].  
DD  
Options  
Disabled  
0
1
Burglar Alarm  
System Status (ready to arm)  
Zone Alarm  
Fire Alarm  
2
3
Burg and Fire Alarm  
3
Zone Alarm delayed by 20 sec.  
Data Digit  
1
DD  
Keypad Sounder Output  
Access Output (10 sec. pulse)  
Keyfob  
Options  
Disabled  
Armed Full  
Armed Partial  
Armed Any  
2
0
1
*0  
Panic Duress Output***  
*1  
*3  
2
On during battery test  
DD  
Options  
3
RF3334  
** = This includes invisible zones. See glossary for further details.  
*** = See section 6.4 for description of this option.  
0
1
2
3
4
Disabled  
Momentary Option  
Key  
Key  
Output  
Address  
Default  
Toggle  
Option  
Alarm  
2734  
2735  
2736  
6 3  
3 3  
2 3  
Momentary  
Toggle  
Auxillary Key  
Auxillary Key  
Programmable Output 1  
Programmable Output 2  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.8 Output Partition Assignment: Program Addresses (2737-2738)  
In Output Partition Assignment, each On-board output is assigned to a partition. By default, outputs are assigned to all partitions.  
PA 2737  
PA 2738  
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
Select Option DD  
Output  
Address  
Default  
Belongs to Partition 1  
Belongs to Partition 2  
Belongs to Partition 3  
Belongs to Partition 4  
Belongs to Partition 5  
Belongs to Partition 6  
Belongs to Partition 7  
Belongs to Partition 8  
Follows all Partitions  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Alarm  
2737-DD1  
2737-DD2  
2738-DD1  
8
8
8
Keyfob Chirp  
Options  
Programmable Output 1  
Programmable Output 2  
DD  
0
Chirp Disabled  
Bell Output  
P01  
1
2
3
P02  
10.9 Partition Control Programming: Program Address (3420)  
Partition Control programming defines the number of partitions in use and the common area (common area can only be partition 1).  
See Glossary (section 6.5) for further details.  
Page 42  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.10 Quick Arm Control Programming: Program Address (3477)  
Quick Arm Control programming defines which partitions can be quick armed (armed without requiring a PIN to be entered).  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.11 Keypad Assignment Programming: Program Addresses (3131-3138)  
Keypad Assignment Programming is where you assign the keypad type and the partition to which it belongs.  
See Glossary (section 6.6) for further details.  
Each keypad must have its own Bus address. This must also be selected on the keypad via its address pins. See DS7445/  
DS7447 Installation Guide (P/N: 22235). One keypad must be selected as keypad 1.  
Defaults:  
The default, if using only one keypad, is an Alpha keypad belonging to partition one.  
Program Address 3131  
Program Address 3132  
Program Address 3133  
Program Address 3134  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Keypad 1*  
default = 1  
Keypad 2  
default = 0  
Keypad 3  
default = 0  
Keypad 4  
default = 0  
Keypad 5  
default = 0  
Keypad 6  
default = 0  
Keypad 7  
default = 0  
Keypad 8  
default = 0  
Program Address 3135  
Program Address 3136  
Program Address 3137  
Program Address 3138  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
*
*
*
*
*
Keypad 9  
default = 0  
Keypad 10  
default = 0  
Keypad 11** Keypad 12**  
Keypad 13** Keypad 14**  
Keypad 15**  
default = 0  
default = 0  
default = 0  
default = 0  
default = 0  
* = When in Commercial Fire Mode, certain keypads must have specific assignments (see section  
6.11).  
** = Keypads 11-15 are connected to the Option Bus. If the DS7412 is connected to the Option Bus (at  
keypad address 13 or 14), keypad 13 or 14 is unavailable. Similarly, if the DS7420i is connected to the  
Option Bus at keypad address 15, keypad 15 is unavailable; and if the DS7488 is connected to the  
Option Bus at keypad address 11-15, the corresponding keypad(s) is (are) unavailable.  
Select Options  
Disabled  
0 1 2 3  
Select Options  
Data Digit  
0 1  
1
2
LCD Backlight Always On  
LCD Backlight Off Until Keypress  
Alpha (LCD) Keypad  
LED Keypad  
Backlight selection affects all LCD keypads  
***  
Master Keypad  
*** = If only using one partition, do not program keypads as Master Keypads.  
Only program for a Master Keypad if you need to view multiple partitions from a  
single keypad.  
10.12 Keypad Partition Assignment: Program Addresses (3139-3146)  
Page 44  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.13 Emergency Key Programming: Program Addresses (3147-3148)  
Emergency Key and Panic Key programming disables or activates these keys (the A, B, and C keys) located on the keypads and/or  
keyfobs.  
It also determines a silent, pulsed, or steady alarm.  
See Glossary (section 6.7) for further details.  
PA 3147  
Data Digit  
1
2
Select Option  
Fire Key Disabled  
DD  
0
Fire Key  
Fire Key = Disabled  
1
A
Fire Key = Steady Alarm  
Fire Key = Pulsed Alarm  
2
3
Select Option  
DD  
May be forced to a different value when in  
Commercial Fire Mode. See section 10.16.3.  
Special Emergency Key Disabled  
0
Special Emergency Key = Silent Alarm  
1
Emergency Key  
Special Emergency Key = Steady Alarm 2  
Special Emergency Key = Pulsed Alarm 3  
B
PA 3148  
Data Digit  
Panic Key  
Armed  
Perimeter  
Status  
Power  
Fire  
Supervisory  
Bell Silenced  
Trouble  
1
9
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
1
2
15 16  
11 12 13 14  
10  
TEST WEEKLY  
On  
Off  
C
0
1
2
3
Select Option  
DD  
0
Perimeter  
Only  
4
7
5
8
6
9
No  
Entry  
Panic Key Disabled  
Bypass  
0
#
*
System  
Reset  
Panic Key = Silent Alarm  
Panic Key = Steady Alarm  
Panic Key = Pulsed Alarm  
1
Data Digit 2  
must be 0  
0
2
A
B
C
3
May be forced to a different value when in Commercial Fire Mode. See section 10.16.3.  
10.14 Custom Arming Programming: Program Addresses (2725-2728)  
See Glossary (section 6.8) for further details.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.14 Custom Arming Programming: Program Addresses (2725-2728) (Continued)  
PA 2728  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Data Digit  
Select Options  
0
1
2
Bypass Zone Function 25  
Bypass Zone Function 26  
Bypass Zone Function 27  
Bypass Zone Function 28  
Enter the  
Data Digit  
as a:  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Select Options  
1 2 3  
0
Bypass Zone Function 29  
Bypass Zone Function 30  
Page 46  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.15 Force Arming and Ground Fault Detect Programming: Program Address (2732)  
Force Arming programming defines how many zones may be Force Armed using an Arming sequence followed by the [Bypass] key.  
With this entry, all violated zones (up the programmed limit) will automatically be Force Armed (bypassed). Ground Fault Detect  
programming determines whether or not the control will detect a ground fault condition.  
See Glossary (sections 6.9 and 6.10) for further details.  
Note: This limit does not apply when arming with  
a keyswitch programmed with force arm-  
ing enabled.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.16 Commercial Fire Mode Programming: Program Address (2733)  
This section describes how to define the parameters for the Commercial Fire Mode.  
See Glossary (section 6.11) for further details.  
When programming Fire zones, it is recommended that they be zone functions 12 and 13 (see sections 10.2, 10.4 and 10.16.3).  
10.16.1 When Central Station Commercial Fire Mode is chosen, address 4021 (DS7420i: Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Mod-  
ule Output Programming), will be forced to a value of 5.  
10.16.2 When Local Commercial Fire Mode is chosen, address 4021 (DS7420i: Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module Output  
Programming),will be forced to a value of 3, 4, or 5. (Turns the Bell Monitor feature ON and the Alarm Output on Line Fault feature  
OFF)  
10.16.3 Regardless of which Commercial Fire Mode is chosen, the following parameters will be forced when exiting local  
programmer’s mode:  
• Zone Function 12, address 0012, will be a 7 *0. (Alarm on Short, Trouble on Open, Pulsing Fire with verification)  
• Zone Function 13, address 0013, will be a 7 *1. (Alarm on Short, Trouble on Open, Pulsing Fire without verification)  
• Zone Function 14, address 0014, will be a 7 *2. (Alarm on Short, Trouble on Open, Pulsing Water Flow)  
• Zone Function 15, address 0015, will be a 7 *3. (Alarm on Short, Trouble on Open, Pulsing Supervisory)  
• Zone Bypass address 2722 will not allow zone functions 12 - 15 to be bypassed.  
• Emergency Key, address 3147, data digit 1, will become a 3 if programmed previously as a 2. Data digit 2 will become a 2 if  
programmed previously as a 3.  
• Panic Key, address 3148, data digit 1, will become a 2 if programmed previously as a 3.  
• Fire Bell Cutoff, address 4032: If less than 5, set to 5, otherwise untouched.  
• The AC Fail Report delay will be random between 6-12 hours regardless of the delay time programmed in 4034. Also, the AC Fail  
Report will not be sent as a “tag-along.”  
10.16.4 In Central Station Commercial Fire Mode, the following communication parameters will be forced:  
Report Codes: If 0, the following defaults will be set, otherwise they will be unchanged.  
• Phone Control (address 3156): If 0, set to 6 1, 4/2 @ 18/23, 10pps, otherwise untouched.  
Test Report (address 4026): Set to 8, call out every day.  
Page 48  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.17 Open/Close Report Control Programming: Program Address (3149)  
Data Digit  
See Glossary (section 6.12) for further details.  
1
2
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Select Options  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9  
Do not report opens or closes  
Report opens and closes in Partition 1  
Report opens and closes in Partition 2  
Report opens and closes in Partition 3  
Report opens and closes in Partition 4  
Report opens and closes in Partition 5  
Report opens and closes in Partition 6  
Report opens and closes in Partition 7  
Report opens and closes in Partition 8  
Send Closing and  
Bypass reports at close  
0
Send Closing and  
Bypass reports after  
exit delay  
1
Data Digit  
1
2
0
Report first Partition to open and last Partition to close**  
** = When using this option, all partitions should have the same account code.  
10.18 Open/Close & Zone Report Control Programming: Program Address (3151)  
This section allows you to decide which phone number will send open and close reports, zone alarm, zone restoral, and zone trouble  
reports.  
10.19 Report Control Programming: Program Address (3152)  
This section allows you to decide which phone number will send reports other than open/close reports and zone reports.  
NOTE: Data Digit 1 does  
Data Digit  
not include Open  
Select Option  
DD  
0
2
1
and  
Reports or Zone  
Reports (see  
Close  
Alternate between both Phone Numbers  
Report to Phone Number 1  
1
sections 10.17  
and 10.18).  
Report to Phone Number 2  
2
Report to Phone Number 1 and 2  
3
0
Data Digit 2  
must be 0  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.20 Timer Programming: Program Addresses (4028-4030, 4032-4033)  
Data Digit  
For example:  
5 sec. = 01  
1
2
15 sec. = 03  
Entry and Exit Delay Timers are in  
20 sec. = 04  
5 second intervals (the maximum  
30 sec. = 06  
delay time is 255 seconds).  
Exit Delay Time  
Address 4030  
45 sec. = 09  
60 sec. = 12  
255 sec. = 51  
0 to 51 (0 to 255 sec.*) Default = 12 (60 sec.)  
*5 second intervals  
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
May be forced to a different value when in  
See section 10.18.3  
Commercial Fire Mode.  
.
Entry Delay Time 1  
Address 4028  
Fire Bell Cutoff  
Address 4032  
0 to 99 minutes*  
0 to 51 (0 to 255 sec.*) Default = 09 (45 sec.)  
*5 second intervals  
Default = 04 minutes  
*1 minute intervals; 99 = 30 second cutoff  
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
Entry Delay Time 2  
Address 4029  
Burglary Bell Cutoff  
Address 4033  
0 to 51 (0 to 255 sec.*) Default = 09 (45 sec.)  
*5 second intervals  
0 to 99 minutes*  
Default = 04 minutes  
*1 minute intervals; 99 = 30 second cutoff  
10.21 AC Fail Report Delay Programming: Program Address (4034)  
The AC Fail Delay Times are programmed as Hexadecimal values.  
For example:  
00 = Send only with next report  
1 *4 = 30 minute delay  
3 *2 = 60 minute delay  
78 = 120 minute delay  
*5 0 = 240 minute delay  
*5 *5 = Random delay (at least 15 minutes, but less than 120 minutes)  
(*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A through F at the keypads.)  
See Glossary (section 6.13) for further details.  
Page 50  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.22 General Authority Programming: Program Address (3421-3424)  
This allows for a user with a General Authority level to Arm, Disarm and Bypass specified zones.  
See Glossary (section 6.1) for further details.  
Program Address 3421  
Program Address 3423  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1  
Data Digit 2  
Partition 5  
Partition 6  
Partition 1  
Partition 2  
Select Option  
General Code can Arm, Disarm, and Bypass  
General Code can Arm and Bypass  
General Code can Arm and Disarm  
General Code can Arm  
DD  
0
Program Address 3422  
Program Address 3424  
Data Digit 1  
Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1  
Data Digit 2  
1
2
3
Partition 7  
Partition 8  
Partition 3  
Partition 4  
10.23 Arming Warning Programming: Program Addresses (3425-3428)  
Arming Warning programming defines whether the keypad will be audible during the exit delay and auto arm period. If programmed, the  
keypad sounder will activate once every 5 seconds during the exit delay. At 10 seconds and 5 seconds remaining, the keypad sounder  
will activate 3 times. During auto arming, a pre-arming period will begin 15 minutes before the system arms automatically. The keypad  
sounders will pulse five times every minute. During the last five minutes before arming, these sounders will be on steady.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 51  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.24 DS7412 RS232 Interface Control Programming: Program Address (4019)  
DS7412  
RS232  
Interface  
Control  
Programming allows you to enable or disable  
the DS7412 and to select which history events  
are sent to the printer as they occur. Selecting  
“No Events” will cause the history to be printed  
only on command.  
To print the History Buffer starting from the most  
recent event, enter the Master Code followed  
by [#] [0] [8]. To stop printing, enter Master Code  
[#] [0] [8] again.  
10.25 DS7412 RS232 Interface Configuration Programming: Program Address (4020)  
DS7412 RS232 Interface Configuration Programming allows you to configure the DS7412 for your printer. Most printers will operate  
using the default values for the DS7412. Some printers may operate more efficiently using optional program values.  
Consult the operating guide provided with your printer to be sure that its configuration matches  
the one programmed here.  
NOTE: If using the WDSRP Direct Connection  
option for programming, Address 4019  
must be set for 1 0. Address 4020 must  
be set for 2 5.  
10.26 RS232 Carriage Return/Line Feed Control: Program Address (4027)  
The RS232 Carriage Return/Line Feed (CR/LF) Control allows you to choose between sending carriage returns/line feeds or spac-  
es to the DS7412 module. This is only used when Program Address 4019 Data Digit #2 is programmed with the numbers 1 through  
7.  
Data Digit  
Select Option  
DD  
1
2
Send CR/LF  
0
0
Send Spaces  
1
Page 52  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.27 Report Programming: Program Addresses (3207-3419)  
To send the User number along with open, close, or partial close reports: place an ‘F’ (*5) in the extended digit.  
To disable a report (meaning that nothing will be sent), place a ‘0’ in the reporting digit.  
• When using SIA or Contact ID format, place a ‘1’ in the reporting digit of each report you wish to enable. It is not necessary to program  
the extended digit.  
• For suggested values for 4/2, BFSK and Pager format, see section 12.1-12.3. For SIA and Contact ID, the values sent are listed in  
sections 13.1 and 13.2. For other formats, consult your central station.  
HEX values: Some Data Digit values are higher than 9. These values are programmed by pressing the [*] key followed by another  
number. These values will display as HEX characters when entered. The HEX character values are as follows:  
*0 = A *1 = B *2 = C *3 = D *4 = E *5 = F  
See Glossary (section 6.13) for further details.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 53  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Report Programming (Continued)  
Page 54  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Report Programming (Continued)  
10.28 Phone/DS7416i Routing Control: Program Addresses (3153-3154)  
If address 3155 is programmed to “Try DS7416i first”, the following addresses can be used to control report routing. If address 3155  
is set to “Send alarms via both DS7416i and digital”, this will force alarms to go to the phone even if the Phone/DS7416i report  
routing for alarms does not specify phone usage.  
Phone/DS7416i report routing (3153).  
First digit: Open and Close Reports.  
Data Digit  
1
2
Enter the DD as a:  
7 *1 *5  
Select Options  
Use Phone  
1
2
3
Use DS7416i  
Use Either  
Enter the DD as a:  
Select Options  
Use Phone  
1
2
3
7 *1 *5  
Use Both  
Try Phone First  
Use DS7416i  
Use Either  
Second digit: Zone Alarm, Zone Restoral,  
and Zone Trouble Reports.  
Use Both  
Try Phone First  
Phone/DS7416i report routing and Phone First count (3154)  
Data Digit  
First Digit: System Reports.  
1
2
Enter the DD as a:  
Select Options  
Use Phone  
1
2
3
7 *1 *5  
Use DS7416i  
Select Option DD Select Option DD Select Option DD Select Option DD  
Use Either  
0 Attempts  
1 Attempt  
2 Attempts  
3 Attempts  
0
1
2
3
4 Attempts  
5 Attempts  
6 Attempts  
7 Attempts  
4
5
6
7
8 Attempts  
9 Attempts  
8
9
12 Attempts *2  
13 Attempts *3  
Use Both  
Try Phone First  
10 Attempts *0 14 Attempts *4  
11 Attempts *1 15 Attempts *5  
Second digit: Phone First count. Number of attempts before trying the DS7416i:  
This value is used to control the number of attempts made on the phone line before switching to the DS7416i. This value is only  
referenced if the “Use Phone”, “Use DS7416i”, and “Try Phone First” options are all selected. If the value is less than or equal  
to 2, or more than 5, two attempts will be made on the phone before trying the DS7416i if the Phone First option is selected.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 55  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.29 Account Code Programming: Program Addresses (3429-3459)  
Account Code programming defines the number transmitted to the central station that identifies this panel. It also identifies which  
partition is reporting from this panel.  
1. Account Codes are programmed from left to right. If programming a 3 digit Account Code, the fourth digit of the address must be “0.”  
For example: If the Account Code is 121, program 1210 in the programming address.  
2. If you wish to send a zero “0,” enter it as *0 (this does not apply to the added zero in a three digit Account Code).  
For example: If the Account Code is 101, program 1*010 in the programming address. If the Account Code is 3050, program 3*05*0  
in the programming address.  
Page 56  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.30 Phone Number General Control Programming: Program Address (3155)  
See Glossary (section 6.14) for further details.  
Data Digit  
1
2
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
Select Options  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1  
Enable remote programmer call-back  
Dial pulse on all phone numbers  
Dial tone on all phone numbers**  
Dial tone, switch to pulse if required  
ΔΔ Try DS7416i first  
*0 - *1 are Hex values. They will display as A - B at the keypads.  
= If this option is selected, see address 3153-3154.  
** = Required on PBX systems  
ΔΔ  
Enter the Data Digit as a:  
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 *0 *1 *2 *3 *4 *5  
Select Options  
Dialer delay of 15 sec. on non-24H burglar alarms only**  
Dialer delay of 15 sec. on 24H burglar & fire alarms only**  
Δ
either  
or  
Send alarms via  
DS7416i  
digital  
ΔΔ  
Δ
both  
and  
Send alarms via  
DS7416i  
digital ***  
Use 110 Baud comm. for WDSRP  
Use 300 Baud comm. for WDSRP  
*0 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as A - F at the keypads.  
Δ = Only applicable when using the DS7416i option.  
ΔΔ = If this option is selected, see address 3153-3154.  
** = These selections can only be used with systems that have only one partition.  
*** = This selection must be chosen for UL Listed Requirements when using the DS7416i module.  
10.31 Phone Number Format Programming: Program Addresses (3156-3157)  
NOTE: Phone Number 1 Format = Address  
3156  
Phone Number 2 Format = Address  
3157  
Data Digit  
1
2
Select Option  
DD  
0
When using the DS7416i Advanced  
Radio Communications Module:  
Phone Number Disabled  
3/1 (no Extended Reporting) 1  
Program address 3156 as:  
3/1E (Extended Reporting)  
3/1 with Parity  
3/1E with Parity  
4/1  
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
data digit 1 = 9, data digit 2 = 1.  
Enter the DD as a:  
Program address 3157 as:  
data digit 1 = 9, data digit 2 = 1.  
Select Options  
1
2
3
4
5
1900 Hz. Data/1400 Hz.Acknowledge  
1800 Hz. Data/2300 Hz.Acknowledge  
BFSK, SIA, Contact ID  
4/2  
BFSK  
10 Pulses per Second (PPS)  
20 Pulses per Second (PPS)  
40 Pulses per Second (PPS)  
SIA 110 Baud  
Contact ID  
*0  
*2  
SIA 300 Baud  
*0, *2, and *5 are Hex values. They will display as A, C, and F  
at the keypads.  
Personal Dialing  
Pager  
*5  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 57  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.31.1 Compatible Receivers  
The following table lists those Digital Alarm Communicator Receivers and Formats that  
are compatible with the DS7400Xi.  
NOTE: Contact your central station regarding which format to use and if a special line card  
is required.  
l = The Format type the DS7400Xi  
supports and the Digital Alarm  
Communicator Receiver accepts.  
10.32 Phone Answering Programming: Program Address (3158)  
See Glossary (section 6.15) for further details.  
Page 58  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.33 Pager Delay Time: Program Address (4038)  
When using the Pager Dialing Format (selected in Addresses 3156 and 3157), you may insert a delay time after the phone number is  
dialed and before the reports are sent to the pager system. This delay can be used to allow for greeting and instruction messages in the  
pager system. This delay will not affect any other report formats.  
Data Digit  
1
2
Pager Delay Time  
Address 4038  
0 to 99 seconds  
Default = 10 seconds  
10.34 Programmer’s and Master Code Programming: Program Addresses (7589-7592)  
Programmer’s Code programming defines what the Programmer’s Code will be. This code is used to enter the programming mode  
from the keypads.  
Although the DS7400Xi (Ver. 4+) Control/Communicator is shipped with 6-digit codes preprogrammed, it is also shipped  
with a 4-digit PIN length default. The default codes for the Programmer’s Code and the Master Code will be 4-digits (9876  
and 1234 respectively) unless you have reprogrammed for a 6-digit PIN length.  
Program Address 7589  
Data Digit  
1
2
3
4
5
6
9
8
7
6
4
5
Programmer’s Code  
Enter as 6 digits.  
It can not be the same  
as any PIN number.  
The Default for the Programmer’s Code = 987654  
Master Code programming defines what the Master Code will be. This code is the highest authority level for a PIN.  
If the Master Code is lost, this address may be used to program a new one.  
Otherwise, the Master Code Programming Mode should be used to create PINs  
that have a Master Code authority level.  
Program Address 7592  
Data Digit  
1
2
3
4
5
6
Master Code for User Number 001 has its  
authority fixed at level 0. It will always have  
access to all partitions.  
3
5
1
4
2
6
NOTE: User Numbers 002 through 200  
must be programmed from the  
Master Code Programming  
Mode.  
Master Code PIN Number  
(Default for this User 001  
is 123456)  
10.35 PIN Length Programming: Program Address (3478)  
PIN Length Programming defines the length of the PINs that are assigned to each user.  
PINS can be programmed to be 4 or 6 digits in length.  
Data Digit  
1
2
0
Select Option  
0
4-digit PINs  
6-digit PINs  
1
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 59  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.36 Octal Relay Module Output Programming  
10.36.1 Follow Action: Program Addresses (2740-2771)  
To program an Octal Relay Module for Follow Action, follow the steps below.  
1. Select Octal Relay to program.  
2. Program Data Digit 1 of Program Address A as 1 for Follow Action.  
3. Program Data Digit 2 of Program Address A for the desired function.  
4. Program Data Digit 1 and 2 of Program Address B for the desired function.  
Once both Address A and Address B have been programmed, proceed to program the next Octal Relay.  
The Octal Relay Module is the DS7488. See section 1.18 and 6.4 for further details.  
NOTE: If a DS9484 is used, it replaces the DS7488 and takes up outputs 1-4 of the Octal Relay Module. Outputs 5-8 of the Octal Relay  
Module are unavailable. If two DS9484 power supplies are used, one replaces Octal Relay Module 1 and the other replaces  
Octal Relay Module 2.  
For Octal Relay Partition Assignment, see section 10.36.5.  
Octal DS7488-1 DS7488-1  
Relay Address Address  
Program Address B  
Program Address A  
#
A
B
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
4
5
2740  
2742  
2744  
2746  
2748  
2750  
2752  
2754  
2756  
2758  
2760  
2762  
2764  
2766  
2768  
2770  
2741  
2743  
2745  
2747  
2749  
2751  
2753  
2755  
2757  
2759  
2761  
2763  
2765  
2767  
2769  
2771  
1
6
7
SELECT OPTION DD 2  
Follows  
Disabled  
SELECT OPTION DD 1 & 2  
Latch ON after Zone Alarm**  
ON during Entry Pre-Alert  
DD  
0 0  
0 1  
3
0
1
2
8
9
Burglar Alarm  
Fire Alarm  
ON for 10 sec. after pressing [System Reset] 0 2  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
ON for Any Armed state  
Ground Start  
0 3  
0 4  
0 5  
0 6  
0 7  
0 8  
0 9  
0*0  
0*1  
System Status (Ready to Arm)  
Zone Alarm  
Zone Alarm delayed by 20 seconds  
Keypad Sounder Output  
Access Output (10 sec. pulse)  
Future Selection  
Panic/Duress Output***  
ON when System is Partial  
ON when System is Fully Armed  
0*2  
0*3  
** = This includes invisible zones. See glossary for further details.  
*** = See section 6.4 for description of this option.  
Page 60  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.36 Octal Relay Module Output Programming (continued)  
10.36.2 Follow System Wide Event: Program Addresses (2740-2771)  
To program an Octal Relay Module for Follow System Wide Event, follow the steps below.  
1. Select Octal Relay to program.  
2. Program Data Digit 1 of Program Address A as 2 for Follow System Wide Event.  
3. Program Data Digit 2 of Program Address A for the desired function.  
4. Program Data Digit 1 and 2 of Program Address B for the desired function.  
Once both Address A and Address B have been programmed, proceed to program the next Octal Relay.  
For Octal Relay Partition Assignment, see section 10.36.5.  
Octal DS7488-1 DS7488-1  
Relay Address Address  
Program Address B  
Program Address A  
#
A
B
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
2740  
2742  
2744  
2746  
2748  
2750  
2752  
2754  
2756  
2758  
2760  
2762  
2764  
2766  
2768  
2770  
2741  
2743  
2745  
2747  
2749  
2751  
2753  
2755  
2757  
2759  
2761  
2763  
2765  
2767  
2769  
2771  
2
4
5
6
7
8
SELECT OPTION DD 2  
Follows  
Disabled  
SELECT OPTION DD 1 & 2  
Disabled  
DD  
0 0  
0 1  
0 2  
0 3  
0 4  
0 5  
0 6  
0 7  
0 8  
0 9  
0*0  
0*1  
0*2  
3
0
1
2
AC Power Fail  
9
Burglar Alarm  
Fire Alarm  
Low Battery  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
Communicator Failure  
System Fault*  
Keypad Supervision Fault  
Multiplex Bus Fault  
RF Receiver Fault  
Aux Power Fault  
Fire Zone Trouble  
Supervisory  
Zone Trouble  
Duress  
Battery Test  
Future Selection  
Future Selection  
0*3  
0*4  
0*5  
*System Faults include:  
• RAM fault  
• ROM fault  
• Bell/Line Monitor fault (DS7420i)  
• Line 1 fault  
• Line 2 fault  
• Bell fault  
• Aux. Power fault  
• Octal Relay fault  
• Serial Module fault (DS7412)  
• Serial Transmit fault  
• Serial Receive fault  
• Aux. Relay fault  
• DS7416i Communication fault  
• RF Receiver Tamper  
• RF Receiver Jammed  
• RF Receiver Trouble  
• Printer Off-line  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.36 Octal Relay Module Output Programming (continued)  
10.36.3 Follow Function: Program Addresses (2740-2771)  
To program an Octal Relay Module for Follow Output Function, follow the steps below.  
1. Select Octal Relay to program.  
2. Program Data Digit 1 of Program Address A as 3 for Follow Function.  
3. Program Data Digit 2 of Program Address A for the desired function.  
4. Program Data Digit 1 and 2 of Program Address B for the desired function.  
Once both Address A and Address B have been programmed, proceed to program the next Octal Relay.  
For Octal Relay Partition Assignment, see section 10.36.5.  
Page 62  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.36 Octal Relay Module Output Programming (continued)  
10.36.4 Follow Zone: Program Addresses (2740-2771)  
To program an Octal Relay Module for Follow Zone, follow the steps below.  
1. Select Octal Relay to program.  
2. Program Data Digit 1 of Program Address A as 4 for Follow Zone.  
3. Program Data Digit 2 of Program Address A for the desired function.  
4. Program Data Digit 1 and 2 of Program Address B for the desired zone.  
Once both Address A and Address B have been programmed, proceed to program the next Octal Relay.  
Octal DS7488-1 DS7488-1  
Relay Address Address  
Program Address B  
Program Address A  
#
A
B
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
1
2
2740  
2742  
2744  
2746  
2748  
2750  
2752  
2754  
2756  
2758  
2760  
2762  
2764  
2766  
2768  
2770  
2741  
2743  
2745  
2747  
2749  
2751  
2753  
2755  
2757  
2759  
2761  
2763  
2765  
2767  
2769  
2771  
4
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
SELECT OPTION DD 2  
*0 *1 *2  
Activate:  
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Disabled  
Program the HEX value  
of the Zone  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
When zone is shorted  
When Zone is opened  
When panel is Armed  
from the chart  
on the next page  
When panel is not Armed  
Latch when activated**  
** = This applies only to the DS7465 outputs.  
DS7488 outputs will not latch when this is selected.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 63  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Page 64  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.36 Octal Relay Module Output Programming (continued)  
10.36.5 Octal Relay Module Output Partition Assignment: Program Addresses (2844-2851)  
Program Address 2844  
Program Address 2845  
Program Address 2846  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Relay 1  
default = 8  
Relay 2  
default = 8  
Relay 3  
default = 8  
Relay 4  
default = 8  
Relay 5  
default = 8  
Relay 6  
default = 8  
DD  
Select Option  
Belongs to Partition 1  
Belongs to Partition 2  
Belongs to Partition 3  
Belongs to Partition 4  
Belongs to Partition 5  
0
1
2
3
4
Program Address 2847  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Program Address 2848  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Program Address 2849  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Relay 7  
default = 8  
Relay 8  
default = 8  
Relay 9  
default = 0  
Relay 10  
default = 0  
Relay 11  
default = 0  
Relay 12  
default = 0  
Belongs to Partition 6  
Belongs to Partition 7  
Belongs to Partition 8  
Follows all Partitions  
5
6
Program Address 2850  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
Program Address 2851  
Data Digit 1 Data Digit 2  
7
8
Relay 13  
default = 0  
Relay 14  
default = 0  
Relay 15  
default = 0  
Relay 16  
default = 0  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 65  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.37 Output Function Programming: Program Addresses (2772-2843)  
Output programming allows you to have the Outputs follow status events by partition or system-wide, or follow zone outputs in an Input/  
Output Cross Matrix. See the Programming Addresses Worksheet (P/N: 43850) for a description of each address. See Glossary  
(section 6.4) for further details.  
Data Digit 1 Options 1-9 and *1 are used to program an Output  
Select Option  
Latch ON after Zone Alarm  
DD  
Function to follow status events for individual partitions.  
0
Data Digit 1 Option *0 is used to program an Output  
Function to follow the Wireless Keyfob Output Buttons.  
ON during Entry Pre-Alert  
1
Data Digit 1 Option *2 is used to program an Output  
Function to follow status events system-wide.  
3
6
7
8
9
ON when system is armed  
Zone alarm  
Data Digit 1 Options *3-*5 are used to program an Output  
Function to follow a zone or two zones in an Input/Output  
Cross Matrix.  
Zone Alarm delayed by 20 sec.  
Keypad Sounder output  
Data Digit  
Program  
Address  
1
Data Digit  
1
2
Program  
Address  
1
Access output (10 sec. pulse)  
1
2
*0  
Keyfob output  
Panic/Duress output**  
*1  
*2  
*3  
*4  
*5  
Data Digit  
Follow System Status Event  
Follow a single zone  
Option  
RF3334  
DD  
Follows  
Disabled  
1
2
3
0
0
1
2
3
4
Disabled  
Moment  
Follow two zones-When EITHER zone changes state  
Option  
Key  
Key  
Toggle Option  
Moment  
Toggle  
Burglar Alarm  
Fire Alarm  
Follow two zones-When BOTH zones change state  
Data Digit  
*0-*5 are Hex values. They will  
display as A-F at the keypads.  
1
2
*2  
Program  
Program  
Program  
Address  
3
DD DD  
Select Option  
Radio Receiver Fault  
Aux Power Fault  
Fire Trouble  
Address  
1
Address  
2
Select Option  
AC Power Failure  
Low Battery  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
Data Digit  
1
2
1
2
1
2
Communication Failure  
System Fault**  
*0 Supervisory  
*1 Zone Trouble  
*2 Duress PIN  
Keypad Supervision Fault  
Multiplex Bus Fault  
*0 - *2 are Hex values. They will display as A - C at the keypads.  
**System Faults include:  
Enter the  
• RAM fault  
• ROM fault  
• Serial Transmit fault  
• Serial Receive fault  
Enter the  
Zone Number  
of First Zone  
to Follow  
(see Zone  
HEX Values  
chart)  
Zone Number  
of Second  
Zone to  
• Bell/Line Monitor fault (DS7420i) • Aux. Relay fault  
• Line 1 fault  
• DS7416i Communications fault  
Follow  
• RF Receiver Tamper  
• RF Receiver Jammed  
• RF Receiver Trouble  
• Printer Off-line  
• Line 2 fault  
(see Zone  
HEX Values  
chart)  
• Bell fault  
• Aux. Power fault  
• Octal Relay fault  
• Serial Module fault (DS7412)  
Data Digit  
1
2
Not Required  
if following a  
single zone  
3
Data Digit  
Follows  
0
2
3
1
Output  
Function  
Number  
Program  
Address  
Program  
Address  
Program  
Address  
Disabled  
1
2772  
2775  
2778  
2781  
2784  
2787  
2790  
2793  
2796  
2799  
2802  
2805  
2808  
2811  
2814  
2817  
2820  
2823  
2826  
2829  
2832  
2835  
2838  
2841  
2773  
2776  
2779  
2782  
2785  
2788  
2791  
2794  
2797  
2800  
2803  
2806  
2774  
2777  
2780  
2783  
2876  
2789  
2792  
2795  
2798  
2801  
2804  
2807  
2810  
2813  
2816  
2819  
2822  
2825  
2828  
2831  
2834  
2837  
2840  
2843  
Armed Full  
2
3
Armed Partial  
Armed Any  
4
5
6
Enter Data Digit as a:  
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
*0 *1 *2  
Activate:  
Disabled  
10  
11  
12  
13  
14  
15  
16  
17  
18  
19  
20  
21  
22  
23  
24  
2809  
When zone is shorted  
When Zone is opened  
2812  
2815  
2818  
2821  
2824  
2827  
2830  
2833  
2836  
2839  
2842  
When panel is Armed  
When panel is not Armed  
Latch when activated**  
** = This is only for DS7465 Outputs. DS7488 Outputs will not latch when this is selected.  
Page 66  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.37.1 Output Function Partition Assignment: Program Addresses (2852-2863)  
10.38 Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module Output Programming: Program Address (4021)  
The Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module is the DS7420i. See section 1.18 for further details.  
When in Central Station or Local Commercial Fire Mode, this address will be forced to specific values (see sections 10.16.1 and  
10.16.2).  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 67  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.39 Call-Out Timer Programming: Program Addresses (4022-4025)  
This section allows you to define the Hour and Minute for the Communicator Test Report and Remote Programmer Call-Out.  
The default time for the Communicator Test Report to be sent and for the control to call the Remote Programmer is Midnight.  
10.40 Test Report and Remote Programmer Call-Out Programming: Program Address (4026)  
This section allows you to define the Day and Frequency for the Communicator Test Report and the Remote Programmer Call-Out.  
If this address is not programmed, the Communicator Test Report will not be sent and the control will not call the Remote Program-  
mer.  
Page 68  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.41 Alpha Description Programming: Program Addresses (0545-2720, 5001-6920)  
Alpha Description Programming allows up to 16 characters to be programmed for the description of each partition or zone (e.g. “J. Hill’s  
Office”). If a description is less than 16 characters, leave the remaining address(es) blank. Once programmed, the descriptions will be  
displayed on the alpha keypads.  
The following chart lists the Program Addresses used to program Alpha-Numeric characters for each partition or zone:  
See Section 10.41.1 for an Alpha Description Programming worksheet for Partitions 1 through 8 and Zones 1 through 8.  
See the Programming Addresses Worksheet (P/N: 43850) for a complete Alpha Programming Worksheet  
(covering addresses 0545 through 6920).  
Words are created one character at a time. Each character uses two data digits.  
The data digit values for these characters are shown below:  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 69  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.41.1 Alpha Description Programming: A Worksheet  
Page 70  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.41.1 Alpha Description Programming: A Worksheet (Continued)  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 71  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.41.1 Alpha Description Programming: A Worksheet (Continued)  
Page 72  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.41.1 Alpha Description Programming: A Worksheet (Continued)  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 73  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
10.42 Phone Number Programming: Program Addresses (3159, 3175, 3191)  
10.42.1 Phone Number 1 Programming: Program Address (3159)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20  
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32  
10.42.2 Phone Number 2 Programming: Program Address (3175)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20  
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32  
10.42.3 Phone Number 3 Programming: Program Address (3191)  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20  
21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32  
Notes:  
To dial the “*” character, enter *1 (The “*” character is sent as “1” “1” when pulse dialing).  
To dial the “#” character, enter *2 (The “#” character is only valid when tone dialing).  
To input a three second delay, enter *3.  
To wait for the dial tone, enter *4 in the first digit.  
To disable a Phone Number, enter *5 in the first digit.  
(*1 - *5 are Hex values. They will display as B - F at the keypads.)  
Recommendation: The phone line that the control panel is connected to should not have a Call Waiting feature. If it must have call  
waiting, program the code to disable call waiting and add a three second delay before the phone number. This will prevent incoming  
calls from interrupting a communication. For example: call waiting can be disabled in many areas by dialing *70 before the phone  
number for tone dial and 1170 for pulse dial.  
Page 74  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
11.0 Installation Guide for UL Listed Systems  
11.1 DS7400Xi UL Listings:  
• Household Fire Alarm, UL Standard UL985  
• Commercial Fire Alarm (Type Service: Local, Central Station, Remote Station; Type Initiating: Automatic, Manual, Sprinkler  
Supervisory, and Waterflow), UL Standard UL864  
• Household Burglary Alarm, UL Standard UL1023  
• Police Station Connection Grades AA and A, UL Standard UL365  
• Central Station Burglary Alarm Grades AA, A, B, and C; UL Standard UL1610  
• Proprietary Alarm Units Grades A and AA, UL Standard UL1076  
The control panel should be installed in accordance with UL Standard UL681, Installation and Classification of Mercantile and Bank  
Burglar Alarm Systems, or UL Standard UL1641, Installation and Classification of Residential Burglar Alarm Systems. It should also be  
installed in accordance with NFPA 72 for Household and Commercial Fire installations.  
11.1.1UL System Configurations  
The following table shows the DS7400Xi system configuration for the various types of fire and burglar alarm service for which the  
product is UL Listed.  
UL Application  
Product  
CSF-D CSF-D/RF LF CSB-A  
PP-AA  
CSB-B/C PP-A  
LB-A  
R
PSCB-D-A PSCB-RF-A HF/B  
R
1
1
R
R
4
0
0
0
2
R
1
R
n/a  
R
R
n/a  
R
R
n/a  
R
R
n/a  
R
R
n/a  
R
R
n/a  
R
R
1
3007-9001 DS7400Xi  
Standard Enclosure  
Attack Enclosure  
AE-TR16 Enclosure  
DS7416i  
R
1
n/a  
R
1
1
1
R
n/a  
R
0
n/a  
R
n/a  
R
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
0
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
0
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
0
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
0
n/a  
R
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
0
R
n/a  
R
0
4
4
4
DS7420i  
0
0
0
DS7430  
DS7432  
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DS7433  
0
DS7447/DS7447E  
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
0
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DS7460  
DS7480  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
n/a  
R
4
0
n/a  
0
4
0
4
0
n/a  
0
n/a  
0
n/a  
0
n/a  
0
4
0
R
n/a  
0
DS7481  
DS7488  
n/a  
0
n/a  
n/a  
R
R
R
R
R
R
n/a  
AB12 Bell w/Housing  
n/a  
Key to Application Codes  
Configuration Codes  
CSF-D = Central Station Fire w/ DACT (Digital Alarm Communications Transmitter/dialer)  
CSF-D/RF = Central Station Fire w/ DACT and Radio (DS7416i)  
LF = Local Fire  
CSB-A = Central Station Burglary, grades AA and A  
PP-AA = Proprietary grade AA  
CSB-B/C = Central Station Burglary, grades B and C  
PP-A = Proprietary grade A  
LB-A = Local Burglary, grade A  
R
0
= Required  
= Optional  
n/a  
= Not Applicable  
= Standard or attack enclosure may be  
used.  
1
2
= Either enclosure may be used. Device  
must be mounted to the enclosure cover,  
or within 20 ft. w/wiring in conduit.  
3
= Either enclosure may be used.  
PSCB-D-A = Police Station Connected Burglary w/DACT, grade A  
PSCB-RF-A = Police Station Connected Burglary w/Radio (DS7416i), grades AA and A  
HF/B = Household (residential) Fire and Burglary  
4
= Either the DS7420i or the DS7481  
must be used to monitor the phone line  
input to the control unit.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 75  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
be programmed for not less than 4 minutes.  
11.2 Installation Considerations  
3. Zone Function Programming:  
• Failure to install and program the control in accordance with the  
requirements in this section voids the listing mark of Underwriters  
Laboratories, Inc.  
• The maximum standby battery capacity is 35 Ah @ 12 VDC.  
• The total nominal standby current must not exceed 1.5 A nor 2.5  
A when in alarm.  
• For household fire installations only, the output signal may be  
pulsed or steady. For a combination system, see the selection  
below on alarm output programming.  
4. Alarm Output Programming:  
• Program Address 2734 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
6, Data Digit 2= 3.  
• The control must be mounted indoors and within the protected  
area.  
5. General Control Programming:  
• Program Address 2732 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
0, Data Digit 2= 0.  
• Enclosure tamper switches (if used) must be connected to a 24-  
hour zone.  
• Grounding must be in accordance with article 250 of the NEC  
(NFPA 70).  
• At least one UL Listed keypad with zone display must be  
connected.  
• Zones must be connected to UL Listed, compatible devices.  
• 50 Hz. AC input cannot be used in UL Listed Requirements.  
• The ground wire provided with the enclosure must be connected  
to the “Earth GND” connection on the control and the enclosure  
tab.  
• The keypad panic alarm output must follow the corresponding  
zone function’s programming (e.g. fire = pulsing [or steady if not  
a combination], burglary = steady). In all cases, the special  
emergency keys must be silent.  
11.3.2Grade A Household Burglary Alarm Using Digital  
Alarm Communicator Transmitter With Local  
Bell  
The control must be installed in accordance with UL Standard  
UL1641.  
Required Accessories:  
• At least one Wheelock 46T-G10-12 bell or 34T-12 horn (other  
Listed compatible devices with a voltage range of 10.2 to 14.0 V  
may be used) is required for this application.  
• The standard DS7400 enclosure can be used.  
• The ground start feature shall not be programmed.  
1. Report Programming:  
• Burglar Zone Reports must be programmed for those zones  
used.  
11.3 Programming the DS7400Xi  
When used in UL Listed Requirements, the control must conform  
to certain programming requirements. The following is a list of the  
required program entries and required accessories for specific  
UL Listed Requirements.  
• Low Battery Report (Program Address 3336) must be  
programmed.  
• AC Failure Report (Program Address 3338) must be  
programmed.  
11.3.1Household Fire Alarm Using Digital Alarm  
Communicator Transmitter With Local Bell  
2. Timer Programming:  
• Bell Cutoff Times (Program Addresses 4032 and 4033) must  
be programmed for not less than 4 minutes.  
• Entry Delay Timer (Program Addresses 4028 and 4029) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
The control must be installed in accordance with NFPA 72.  
Required Accessories:  
• At least one Detection Systems, Inc. Model DS250 Series smoke • Exit Delay Timer (Program Address 4030) must be programmed  
detector with an MB Series base, DS280 Series, MX280 Series,  
or another Listed compatible smoke detector.  
for not longer than 45 seconds.  
3. General Control Programming:  
• Program Address 0000, Data Digit 2 must be programmed for  
NO Swinger Shunts (enter 0, 1, or 2).  
• Program Address 2732 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
0, Data Digit 2= 0.  
• At least one DS7480 Bell Supervision Module.  
• One Wheelock 46T-G10-12 bell or 34T-12 horn (will provide  
85db for UL985 and NFPA 72 requirements; other Listed  
compatible devices with a voltage range of 10.2 to 14.0 V may be  
used) is required and must be installed inside the protected  
area.  
4. Alarm Output Programming:  
• The standard control enclosure can be used.  
• At least one DS7447/DS7447E or DS7445/DS7445i Keypad must  
be used.  
• Four-wire detectors must be used with Listed power supervision  
devices. A compatible Listed 4-wire detector is the Detection  
Systems, Inc. DS250 in an MB4W base. A compatible Listed  
EOL relay is the Detection Systems, Inc. EOL200.  
• All zones must be used with the EOL resistor (P/N 25899),  
provided.  
• Program Address 2734 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
6, Data Digit 2= 3.  
• Program Address 2737 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
8.  
In a system that includes both fire alarm and burglar alarm  
devices, the system must produce distinct sounds for fire  
and burglar alarm conditions either by using different  
indicating appliances or by using distinct cadences for  
the same appliance.  
1. Report Programming:  
• Fire Zone Report must be programmed.  
• Low Battery Report (Program Address 3336) must be  
programmed.  
• AC Failure Report (Program Address 3338) must be  
programmed.  
2. Timer Programming:  
• Bell Cutoff Times (Program Addresses 4032 and 4033) must  
Page 76  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• An DS7416i (or DataTAC) interface module.  
• The DS7416i module and antenna should be mounted within  
the protected area.  
11.4 General System Requirements  
Applies to the following grades only:  
Local Burglary  
Alarm -  
Grade A using Digital Alarm Communicator  
Transmitter (DACT)  
• The Detection Systems’ model DS7481 Phone Line Monitor.  
1. Timer Programming:  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4030) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
Police Station  
Connection -  
Grades AA and A using DACT and DS7416i  
Communications module.  
Grade A using DACT and local Bell.  
B.Grade A Installations Using Digital Alarm Communicator  
Transmitter With Local Bell  
Follow General System Requirements as listed in 11.4.  
Central Station  
Burglary Alarm -  
Grades AA and A using DACT and DS7416i  
Communications module.  
Grade B using DACT and local bell.  
Grade C using Digital Alarm Communicator  
Transmitter only.  
Required Accessories:  
• The control must be in the Detection System’s model AE3CC  
enclosure with a cover actuated tamper switch installed.  
• The Ademco Model AB-12 bell/housing (see section 11.6).  
The controls must be installed in accordance with UL Standards  
UL681 and UL609 for all grades of service.  
1. Report Programming:  
• Burglar Zone Reports must be programmed for those zones  
used.  
• Low Battery Report (Program Address 3336) must be  
programmed.  
• AC Failure Report (Program Address 3338) must be  
programmed.  
1. Timer Programming:  
• Bell Cutoff Times (Program Addresses 4032 and 4033) must  
be programmed for not less than 15 minutes.  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4030) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
11.4.3Central Station Burglary Alarm and Proprietary  
• Open Report (Program Address 3331) must be programmed.  
• Close Report (Program Address 3332) must be programmed.  
• 24-Hour Check-In Reports (Program Addresses 3340 and 3347)  
must be programmed.  
A.Central Station Burglary Grades AA and A and Proprietary  
Grade AA Installations Using an DS7416i Interface Module  
Follow General System Requirements as listed in 11.4.  
Required Accessories:  
2. General Control Programming:  
• The control must be in the Detection Systems’ model AE3CC  
enclosure with a cover actuated tamper switch installed.  
• An DS7416i (or DataTAC) interface module.  
• The DS7416i module and antenna should be mounted within  
the protected area.  
• The control must not be programmed for auto disarm.  
• Must be programmed for no swinger shunts and closing ringback.  
(Program Address 0000 data digit 2, enter 0, 1, or 2).  
• Program Address 2732 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
0, Data Digit 2= 0.  
• The Detection Systems’ model DS7481 Phone Line Monitor.  
• The Ademco Model AB-12 bell/housing (see section 11.6).  
3. Zone Function Programming:  
• The Burglar alarm signal (whether pulsed or steady) must be  
different from the Fire alarm signal.  
1. Timer Programming:  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4030) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
4. Alarm Output Programming:  
• Program Address 2734 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
6, Data Digit 2 = 3.  
• Program Address 2737 must be programmed as: Data Digit 1=  
8.  
B.Grade B Installations Using Digital Alarm Communicator  
Transmitter With Local Bell  
Follow General System Requirements as listed in 11.4.  
Required Accessories:  
11.4.1Local Burglary Alarm  
• The control must be in the Detection Systems’ model AE3CC  
enclosure with a cover actuated tamper switch installed.  
• The Ademco Model AB-12 bell/housing (see section 11.6).  
A.Grade A Installations using Digital Alarm Communicator  
Transmitter with local bell  
1. Timer Programming:  
Follow General System Requirements as listed in 11.4.  
• Bell Cutoff Times (Program Addresses 4032 and 4033) must  
be programmed for not less than 15 minutes.  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4030) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
Required Accessories:  
• The control must be in the Detection System’s model AE3CC  
enclosure with a cover actuated tamper switch installed.  
• An Ademco Model AB-12 bell/housing (see section 11.6).  
C.Central Station Burglary Grade C and Proprietary Grade A  
Installations Using Digital Alarm Communicator Transmitter only  
Follow General System Requirements as listed in 11.4.  
1. Timer Programming:  
• Bell Cutoff Times (Program Addresses 4032 and 4033) must  
be programmed for not less than 15 minutes.  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4029) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
Required Accessories:  
• The control must be in the Detection System’s model AE3CC  
enclosure with a cover actuated tamper switch installed.  
11.4.2Police Station Connection  
1. Timer Programming:  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4030) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
Follow General System Requirements as listed in 11.4.  
Required Accessories:  
• The control must be in the Detection Systems’ model AE3CC  
enclosure with a cover actuated tamper switch installed.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 77  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
• Open Report (Program Address 3331) must be programmed.  
• Close Report (Program Address 3332) must be programmed.  
• 24-Hour Check-In Reports (Program Addresses 3340 and 3347)  
must be programmed.  
11.5 Commercial Fire Alarm  
A.Central Station (DACT) and Local  
The control must be installed in accordance with NFPA 72.  
Required Accessories:  
2. Timer Programming:  
• Bell Cutoff Times (Program Addresses 4032 and 4033) must  
be programmed for not less than 5 minutes.  
• Entry, Exit Delay Times (Program Addresses 4028-4030) must  
be programmed for not longer than 60 seconds.  
• DS7420i Dual Phone Line/Bell Supervision Module.  
• For Local Commercial Fire Alarm: A Listed notification appliance  
such as a Wheelock 46T-G10-12 bell or 34T-12 horn.  
• If not using the phone line supervision, it must be disabled.  
• AE-TR16 Transformer Housing.  
• At least one DS7447/DS7447E must be used and assigned as  
keypad 1. If only one is used, it may be connected to the keypad  
bus if the keypad is mounted to the front of the box or within the  
same room as the control equipment and the wire is run in  
conduit (or equivalently protected against mechanical injury)  
3. General Control Programming:  
• Must be programmed for no swinger shunts (Program Address  
0000 data digit 2, enter 0, 1, or 2).  
• Program Address 2732 must be programmed as: Data Digit  
1=0, Data Digit 2= 0.  
within 20 ft.  
(6.1 m) of the control equipment. If multiple  
4. Commercial Fire Mode Programming:  
• Local (Program Address 2733, data digit 1, enter as a 1 through  
6).  
keypads are used, one keypad only must be used on the options  
bus and assigned as keypad 11-14 and meet the same  
requirements as in single keypad use.  
• Central Station (Program Address 2733, data digit 1, enter as a  
7 through *2).  
• The keypad panic functions are not intended to be a substitute  
for Listed manual pull boxes.  
• 50 Hz. operation and ground start are automatically forced to the  
disabled state when central station fire mode is selected.  
1. Report Programming:  
• Burglar Zone Reports must be programmed for those zones  
used.  
• Fire Zone Reports must be programmed for those zones used.  
• Low Battery Report (Program Address 3336) must be  
programmed.  
• AC Failure Report (Program Address 3338) must be  
programmed.  
11.6 Wiring and Programming Information for Installations Using the Ademco AB-12 Bell/Housing  
Ademco AB-12 Bell/Housing  
To control Earth Ground  
Terminal 1  
Control/Communicator  
Alternate EOL (if not  
EOL  
using a Fire card)  
To control Loop Positive  
Terminal 29 (+)  
Ω
27 k  
Detection Systems’  
P/N 28300  
To control Zone 8 Input  
Terminal 30 (8-)  
To control Alarm Output –  
Bell Tampers  
JP1  
Terminal 5 (-)  
To control Alarm Output +  
Terminal 6 (A)  
BELL  
Inner Bell Box Lining  
Outer Bell Box  
Cut this jumper  
1) Disconnect the wire jumper from terminal 4 to the inner housing of the Bell Box (prevents a ground fault condition).  
2) Connect wiring between the control and Bell Box as shown above. To use the AB-12 Bell/Housing, cut the jumper wire “JP1” on the  
control. The EOL used in the AB-12 Bell/Housing must be 27 kΩ.  
3) Program Zone 8 as a 24-hour zone by programming it to follow zone function 7. (Program address 0038 = 07).  
4) Do not change the default programming of zone function 7. (Program address 0007 should be 22).  
Page 78  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12.0 Report Programming  
12.1 4/2 Format  
Reports with Restorals  
Suggested Values  
Report  
Restoral  
Trouble  
Trouble Restoral  
Address Value  
Bypass  
Bypass Restoral  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
3209  
3210  
3211  
3212  
3213  
3214  
3215  
3216  
3217  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
3241  
3242  
3243  
3244  
3245  
3246  
3247  
3248  
3249  
3250  
3251  
3252  
3253  
3254  
3255  
3256  
3257  
3258  
3259  
3260  
3261  
3262  
3263  
3264  
3265  
3266  
3267  
3268  
3269  
3270  
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
3271  
3272  
3273  
3274  
3275  
3276  
3277  
3278  
3279  
3280  
3281  
3282  
3283  
3284  
3285  
3286  
3287  
3288  
3289  
3290  
3291  
3292  
3293  
3294  
3295  
3296  
3297  
3298  
3299  
3300  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
3301  
3302  
3303  
3304  
3305  
3306  
3307  
3308  
3309  
3310  
3311  
3312  
3313  
3314  
3315  
3316  
3317  
3318  
3319  
3320  
3321  
3322  
3323  
3324  
3325  
3326  
3327  
3328  
3329  
3330  
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
3358  
3359  
3360  
3361  
3362  
3363  
3364  
3365  
3366  
3367  
3368  
3369  
3370  
3371  
3372  
3373  
3374  
3375  
3376  
3377  
3378  
3379  
3380  
3381  
3382  
3383  
3384  
3385  
3386  
3387  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
3388  
3389  
3390  
3391  
3392  
3393  
3394  
3395  
3396  
3397  
3398  
3399  
3400  
3401  
3402  
3403  
3404  
3405  
3406  
3407  
3408  
3409  
3410  
3411  
3412  
3413  
3414  
3415  
3416  
3417  
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
9
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Zone Function 1  
Zone Function 2  
Zone Function 3  
Zone Function 4  
Zone Function 5  
Zone Function 6  
Zone Function 7  
Zone Function 8  
Zone Function 9  
Zone Function 10  
Zone Function 11  
Zone Function 12  
Zone Function 13  
Zone Function 14  
Zone Function 15  
Zone Function 16  
Zone Function 17  
Zone Function 18  
Zone Function 19  
Zone Function 20  
Zone Function 21  
Zone Function 22  
Zone Function 23  
Zone Function 24  
Zone Function 25  
Zone Function 26  
Zone Function 27  
Zone Function 28  
Zone Function 29  
Zone Function 30  
3218 A A  
3219  
3220  
3221  
3222  
3223  
3224  
3225  
3226  
3227  
3228  
3229  
3230  
3231  
3232  
3233  
3234  
3235  
3236  
3237  
3238  
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
C
D
E
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
Report  
Address Value  
Reports with Restorals  
Reports without Restorals  
Report  
Restoral  
Open  
3331  
3332  
3334  
3335  
3348  
3349  
3239  
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Address Value  
Address Value  
3336  
3338  
3345  
3207  
3350  
3352  
3354  
3356  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
3337  
3339  
3346  
3208  
3351  
3353  
3355  
3357  
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Close  
Low Battery  
Partial Close  
First Open after Alarm  
Exit Error  
AC Fail  
System Trouble  
Keypad Fire  
System Walk Test  
Fire Walk Test  
Low Temperature  
Dirty Smoke Chamber  
Recent Closing  
Keypad Emergency  
Keypad Panic  
3240  
3333  
5
5
8
9
Duress  
Report Unsuccessful  
Report Successful  
Address Value  
Address Value  
3341  
3343  
E
E
F
F
3342  
3344  
F
F
F
F
Remote Program  
Local Program  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 79  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12.2 BFSK Format  
Suggested Values  
Reports with Restorals  
Report  
Address Value  
Restoral  
Trouble  
Trouble Restoral  
Address Value  
Bypass  
Bypass Restoral  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
3209  
3210  
3211  
3212  
3213  
3214  
3215  
3216  
3217  
3218  
3219  
3220  
3221  
3222  
3223  
3224  
3225  
3226  
3227  
3228  
3229  
3230  
3231  
3232  
3233  
3234  
3235  
3236  
3237  
3238  
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3241  
3242  
3243  
3244  
3245  
3246  
3247  
3248  
3249  
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
3271  
3272  
3273  
3274  
3275  
3276  
3277  
3278  
3279  
3280  
3281  
3282  
3283  
3284  
3285  
3286  
3287  
3288  
3289  
3290  
3291  
3292  
3293  
3294  
3295  
3296  
3297  
3298  
3299  
3300  
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3301  
3302  
3303  
3304  
3305  
3306  
3307  
3308  
3309  
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
3358  
3359  
3360  
3361  
3362  
3363  
3364  
3365  
3366  
3367  
3368  
3369  
3370  
3371  
3372  
3373  
3374  
3375  
3376  
3377  
3378  
3379  
3380  
3381  
3382  
3383  
3384  
3385  
3386  
3387  
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3388  
3389  
3390  
3391  
3392  
3393  
3394  
3395  
3396  
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
8
Zone Function 1  
Zone Function 2  
Zone Function 3  
Zone Function 4  
Zone Function 5  
Zone Function 6  
Zone Function 7  
Zone Function 8  
Zone Function 9  
Zone Function 10  
Zone Function 11  
Zone Function 12  
Zone Function 13  
Zone Function 14  
Zone Function 15  
Zone Function 16  
Zone Function 17  
Zone Function 18  
Zone Function 19  
Zone Function 20  
Zone Function 21  
Zone Function 22  
Zone Function 23  
Zone Function 24  
Zone Function 25  
Zone Function 26  
Zone Function 27  
Zone Function 28  
Zone Function 29  
Zone Function 30  
3250 E 8  
3251 E 8  
3252 E 8  
3253 E 8  
3254 E 8  
3255 E 8  
3310 E 8  
3397 E 8  
3398 E 8  
3399 E 8  
3400 E 8  
3401 E 8  
3402 E 8  
3311  
3312  
3313  
3314  
3315  
3316  
3317  
3318  
3319  
3320  
3321  
3322  
3323  
3324  
3325  
3326  
3327  
3328  
3329  
3330  
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
3256  
3257  
3258  
3259  
3260  
3261  
3262  
3263  
3264  
3265  
3266  
3267  
3268  
3269  
3270  
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
3403  
3404  
3405  
3406  
3407  
3408  
3409  
3410  
3411  
3412  
3413  
3414  
3415  
3416  
3417  
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
E
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
Report  
Address Value  
Reports with Restorals  
Reports without Restorals  
Report  
Address Value  
Restoral  
Open  
3331  
B
F
Address Value  
3336  
3338  
3345  
3207  
3350  
3352  
3354  
3356  
F
F
F
1
7
7
3
3
9
A
D
0
1
3
1
3
3337  
E
9
Close  
3332 C F  
3334 C F  
3335 D F  
Low Battery  
3339 E A  
Partial Close  
First Open after Alarm  
Exit Error  
AC Fail  
3346  
3208  
3351  
3353  
3355  
3357  
E
E
7
7
3
3
D
System Trouble  
Keypad Fire  
1
2
4
2
4
3348  
3349  
3239  
0
0
0
0
0
0
System Walk Test  
Fire Walk Test  
Low Temperature  
Dirty Smoke Chamber  
Recent Closing  
Keypad Emergency  
Keypad Panic  
3240  
3333  
9
0
0
Duress  
Report Unsuccessful  
A
Report Successful  
Address Value  
Address Value  
3341  
3343  
0
0
0
0
3342  
3344  
0
0
0
0
Remote Program  
Local Program  
Page 80  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
12.3 Personal Dialing Format  
This is a 2 pulse per second (PPS) 0/2 (no account code/2 report event digits) format intended for manual reception, i.e. the panel will  
call a phone number where a person is expected to answer. After a call is made, the panel will start sending the first report. If the report  
was a “Communication Test” and Program Address 3340 had a value of 12 the person answering the phone would hear 1 pulse  
followed by a 1 second delay, then 2 pulses followed by a 3 second delay. This sequence will repeat for 60 seconds per call. After the  
60 seconds the panel will hang up and call again if any reports still remain to be sent.  
A way to expedite this report process would be to provide an acknowledge to the panel that the report was heard and understood by the  
receiving party. When an acknowledge is provided, the panel will start sending the next report or hang up if no reports remain. To provide  
an acknowledge, press the 1 key of the telephone keypad during the 3 second delay of the report transmission. This “Acknowledge  
Feature” is an enhancement that will allow the panel to send all reports in one call. If the call is not acknowledged a communication  
failure is sent after all dial attempts are made.  
Programming the first data digit as zero will disable the report. Values 1-9 and A-F are acceptable. A zero in the second data digit will  
send ten pulses.  
12.4 Pager Format  
The Pager format allows the control panel to dial a digital pager and leave a numeric message which includes an account ID and report  
type. The telephone number is dialed when a report is available. At the completion of the telephone dialing, a time delay equal to 10  
seconds occurs. This delay allows time to connect with the pager service, while skipping over any voice announcement. When the delay  
has ended, the numeric message is sent. This message includes the account number followed by up to 5 reports. If a delay time greater  
than 10 seconds is required, see Programming Address 4038 to adjust the delay time. In addition, increments of 3 seconds can be  
added by programming the “*3” character (3 second delay) at the end of the phone number in address 3159 or 3175.  
For example, if you call pager number 123-4567 and it takes 20 seconds after you finished dialing before you are allowed to enter the  
message, the following digits should be programmed in address 3159: 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 *3 *3 *3 *3. This will give you an overall delay of  
22 seconds.  
NOTE: For Pager Format, it is not advisable to use the HEX character values (*0 = A, *1 = B, *2 = C, *3 = D, *4 = E, *5 = F) in the report  
programming addresses 3207 through 3419. These characters could cause unpredictable results when sent to a pager  
system that only expects numeric characters between 0-9. This is the reason that this format will not allow an associated user  
number with an open and close report.  
The following are recommended programming values for addresses 3207 through 3419 when using the Pager format.  
NOTE: The Pager format is an open-loop format which has no acknowledge tone. There is no indication at the control panel that the  
signal has been sent. Therefore, the Pager format is not recommended as the primary communication method.  
Refer to the worksheet on the next page for Reports with Restorals. The values for each report can be determined by the  
user in conjunction with the installer. Again, the digit “0” (zero) should not be used as the reporting (first) digit as it will affect  
other reports in the system. Examples have been provided for possible reporting values, but the values can be set to the  
user’s preferences.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 81  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Pager Format (Continued)  
Suggested Values  
Reports with Restorals  
Report  
Address Value  
Restoral  
Trouble  
Trouble Restoral  
Address Value  
Bypass  
Bypass Restoral  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
Address Value  
3209  
3210  
3211  
3212  
3213  
3214  
3215  
3216  
3217  
3218  
3219  
3220  
3221  
3222  
3223  
3224  
3225  
3226  
3227  
3228  
3229  
3230  
3231  
3232  
3233  
3234  
3235  
3236  
3237  
3238  
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3241  
3242  
3243  
3244  
3245  
3246  
3247  
3248  
3249  
3250  
3251  
3252  
3253  
3254  
3255  
3256  
3257  
3258  
3259  
3260  
3261  
3262  
3263  
3264  
3265  
3266  
3267  
3268  
3269  
3270  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
3271  
3272  
3273  
3274  
3275  
3276  
3277  
3278  
3279  
3280  
3281  
3282  
3283  
3284  
3285  
3286  
3287  
3288  
3289  
3290  
3291  
3292  
3293  
3294  
3295  
3296  
3297  
3298  
3299  
3300  
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
6
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
0
3301  
3302  
3303  
3304  
3305  
3306  
3307  
3308  
3309  
3310  
3311  
3312  
3313  
3314  
3315  
3316  
3317  
3318  
3319  
3320  
3321  
3322  
3323  
3324  
3325  
3326  
3327  
3328  
3329  
3330  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
3358  
3359  
3360  
3361  
3362  
3363  
3364  
3365  
3366  
3367  
3368  
3369  
3370  
3371  
3372  
3373  
3374  
3375  
3376  
3377  
3378  
3379  
3380  
3381  
3382  
3383  
3384  
3385  
3386  
3387  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3388  
3389  
3390  
3391  
3392  
3393  
3394  
3395  
3396  
3397  
3398  
3399  
3400  
3401  
3402  
3403  
3404  
3405  
3406  
3407  
3408  
3409  
3410  
3411  
3412  
3413  
3414  
3415  
3416  
3417  
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
Zone Function 1  
Zone Function 2  
Zone Function 3  
Zone Function 4  
Zone Function 5  
Zone Function 6  
Zone Function 7  
Zone Function 8  
Zone Function 9  
Zone Function 10  
Zone Function 11  
Zone Function 12  
Zone Function 13  
Zone Function 14  
Zone Function 15  
Zone Function 16  
Zone Function 17  
Zone Function 18  
Zone Function 19  
Zone Function 20  
Zone Function 21  
Zone Function 22  
Zone Function 23  
Zone Function 24  
Zone Function 25  
Zone Function 26  
Zone Function 27  
Zone Function 28  
Zone Function 29  
Zone Function 30  
Report  
Address Value  
Reports with Restorals  
Reports without Restorals  
Report  
Restoral  
Open  
3331  
3332  
3334  
3335  
3348  
3349  
3239  
9
9
9
9
6
9
9
0
1
2
3
7
4
5
Address Value  
Address Value  
3336  
3338  
3345  
3207  
3350  
3352  
3354  
3356  
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
3337  
3339  
3346  
3208  
3351  
3353  
3355  
3357  
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Close  
Low Battery  
Partial Close  
First Open after Alarm  
Exit Error  
AC Fail  
System Trouble  
Keypad Fire  
System Walk Test  
Fire Walk Test  
Low Temperature  
Dirty Smoke Chamber  
Recent Closing  
Keypad Emergency  
Keypad Panic  
3240  
3333  
9
9
6
7
Duress  
Report Unsuccessful  
Report Successful  
Address Value  
Address Value  
3341  
3343  
8
8
8
9
3342  
3344  
7
7
8
9
Remote Program  
Local Program  
Page 82  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13.0 Report Programming - Values Sent  
13.1 SIA Formats  
SIA  
event  
code  
SIA  
data  
field  
Reports  
Zone  
B
F
S
S
F
F
Q
P
B
F
S
S
B
B
A
A
A
S
A
R
A
A
R
R
R
J
Burglary alarm for a zone  
Fire alarm for a zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Data Digit 2 value SIA Report  
Explanation  
Panic Alarm  
Panic Restore  
Waterflow alarm for a zone  
Supervisory for a zone  
Keypad fire (A)  
1
2
3
4
5
PA  
PR  
QA  
QR  
TA  
Zone  
Number  
Emergency Alarm  
Emergency Restore  
Tamper Alarm  
000  
000  
Keypad fire restoral (A)  
Keypad emergency (B)  
Keypad panic (C)  
None  
None  
6
7
8
9
*0  
*1  
*2  
*3  
TR  
UA  
UR  
UT  
UJ  
YP  
YQ  
YX  
Tamper Restore  
Untyped Zone Alarm  
Untyped Zone Restore  
Untyped Zone Trouble  
Untyped Trouble Restore  
Power Supply Trouble  
Power Supply Restore  
Service Required  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Burglary restoral for a zone  
Fire restoral for a zone  
Waterflow restoral for a zone  
Supervisory restoral for a zone  
Burglary trouble for a zone  
Burglary trouble restoral  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
T
J
Number  
Zone  
Number  
F
F
F
F
B
B
B
B
E
E
T
B
B
X
B
O
C
H
C
O
Y
Y
A
A
E
E
E
C
T
T
T
J
Fire trouble for a zone  
Fire trouble restoral  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
T
T
B
U
B
U
X
R
T
A
R
T
R
P
L
Waterflow trouble for a zone  
Supervisory trouble for a zone  
Burglary Zone Bypass  
Burglary Zone Bypass restoral  
24 Hour Zone Bypass  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
24 Hour Zone Bypass restoral  
Keypad Tamper  
None  
None  
Keypad Tamper restoral  
Tamper RF zone  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
User  
Number  
User  
Tamper, Alarm RF zone  
Tamper restoral RF zone  
Low Battery RF zone  
Low Battery restoral RF zone  
Open report  
Close report  
Number  
000  
A
G
R
T
R
T
R
T
R
E
R
S
E
Duress report  
User  
Number  
Partial close report  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
First open after alarm (cancel) report  
Low battery  
Low battery restoral  
AC failure  
AC failure restoral  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Octal relay fault report  
Octal relay restoral  
Exit error report  
Recent closing report  
System walk test start report  
System walk test end report  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 83  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13.1 SIA Formats (Continued)  
SIA  
event  
code  
SIA  
data  
field  
Reports  
None  
F
I
K
C
O
F
Fire walk test report  
None  
F
Fire walk test restoral  
Dirty Smoke Chamber report  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
M
M
M
M
R
R
R
R
Y
Y
Y
Y
E
E
E
E
X
X
X
X
X
X
T
Dirty Smoke Chamber restoral  
Mux. Smoke low temperature report  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
R
P
X
S
U
G
F
Mux. Smoke low temperature restoral  
Automatic system normal test report  
Manual communicator test report  
Remote programming successful report  
Remote programming failure report  
Local programming successful report  
Local programming failure report  
Communication failure report  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
C
K
T
Communication restoral  
None  
None  
EEPROM checksum failure or keypad supervision failure report  
EEPROM checksum restoral or keypad supervision restoral  
Multiplex bus fault  
R
T
None  
None  
Multiplex bus restoral  
R
S
J
Receiver  
Number  
Radio receiver tamper  
Receiver  
Number  
Radio receiver tamper restoral  
Radio receiver jammed  
Receiver  
Number  
Q
H
Q
H
T
Receiver  
Number  
Radio receiver jammed restoral  
Radio receiver trouble report  
Radio receiver trouble restoral  
RF Zone Missing  
Receiver  
Number  
Receiver  
Number  
Receiver  
Number  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Y
Y
U
U
R
L
P
Q
T
Aux. power fault report  
Aux. power restoral  
Ground fault report  
Ground fault restoral  
J
Automatic system off normal test report  
Phone line 1 fault report  
P
T
None  
None  
None  
Phone line 1 restoral  
L
R
T
Phone line 2 fault report  
L
Phone line 2 restoral  
L
R
S
K
T
See 8.13.6  
Error Displays  
DS7416i fault report  
DS7416i fault restoral  
Bell fault report  
Y
Y
E
E
E
E
E
E
V
V
E
E
See 8.13.6  
Error Displays  
None  
None  
R
T
Bell fault restoral  
RAM fault report  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
RAM fault restoral  
R
T
ROM fault report  
ROM fault restoral  
R
T
Serial interface fault report  
Serial interface restoral  
Aux. relay fault report  
Aux. relay restoral  
R
T
R
Page 84  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
13.2 CID Formats  
CID  
CID  
data  
field  
CID  
event  
CID  
data  
field  
event  
code  
Reports code  
Reports  
Zone  
None  
Keypad Tamper  
341  
Fire alarm for a zone  
110  
Number  
341  
Restoral  
110  
Zone  
None  
Fire restoral for a zone  
Keypad fire (A)  
Keypad Tamper restoral  
Radio receiver tamper  
Number  
Restoral  
Receiver  
Number  
000  
110  
341  
110  
Receiver  
Number  
341  
000  
Keypad fire restoral (A)  
Restoral  
Radio receiver tamper restoral  
Radio receiver jammed  
Restoral  
Receiver  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Waterflow alarm for a zone  
344  
113  
Zone  
113  
344  
Receiver  
Number  
Waterflow restoral for a zone  
Duress report  
Number  
Radio receiver jammed restoral  
Phone line 1 fault report  
Restoral  
Restoral  
351  
None  
121  
000  
351  
Restoral  
None  
None  
Keypad emergency (B)  
Keypad panic (C)  
Phone line 1 restoral  
None  
None  
122  
123  
352  
Phone line 2 fault report  
352  
Zone  
Burglary alarm for a zone  
Burglary restoral for a zone  
Tamper, Alarm RF zone  
Low Battery restoral RF zone  
Mux. Smoke low temperature report  
Mux Smoke low temperature restoral  
Supervisory for a zone  
130  
Phone line 2 restoral  
None  
Number  
Restoral  
130  
Restoral  
See 15.4  
Gen Sys Prob  
Zone  
Number  
DS7416i fault report*  
DS7416i fault restoral*  
*The 2-digit #89 display System  
Fault numbers will be sent in the  
CID data field for DS7416i fault  
reports.  
353  
Zone  
Number  
353  
Restoral  
See 15.4  
Gen Sys Prob  
130  
130  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
None  
None  
354  
Communication failure report  
Communication restoral  
Tamper restoral RF zone  
Burglary trouble for a zone  
Burglary trouble restoral  
Fire trouble for a zone  
Fire trouble restoral  
Zone  
Number  
354  
159  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
370  
Restoral  
159  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
200  
370  
200  
Restoral  
370  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Supervisory restoral for a zone  
Aux. power fault report  
Zone  
Number  
None  
None  
None  
300  
300  
373  
373  
Zone  
Number  
Aux. power restoral  
Restoral  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
AC failure  
301  
373  
Waterflow trouble for a zone  
Supervisory trouble for a zone  
RF Zone Missing  
301  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
None  
None  
None  
AC failure restoral  
Low battery  
373  
381  
383  
384  
385  
Zone  
Number  
302  
302  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
Tamper RF zone  
Low battery restoral  
Zone  
303  
303  
None  
None  
Low Battery RF zone  
RAM fault report  
RAM restoral  
Number  
Zone  
Number  
Dirty Smoke Chamber report  
Restoral  
Zone  
385  
ROM fault report  
ROM restoral  
304  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Dirty Smoke Chamber restoral  
Open report  
Number  
Restoral  
User  
Number  
304  
Restoral  
401  
401  
Restoral  
User  
Number  
306  
Close report  
Local programming successful report  
Local programming failure report  
306  
Restoral  
None  
Recent closing report  
405  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
310  
First open after alarm (cancel) report  
Remote programming successful report  
406  
412  
413  
Ground fault report  
Ground fault restoral  
310  
Restoral  
004  
Aux. relay fault report  
Aux. relay restoral  
320  
Remote programming failure report  
Partial close report  
456  
Restoral  
User  
Number  
320  
Restoral  
004  
003  
003  
005  
321  
457  
573  
None  
Bell fault report  
Bell restoral  
Exit error report  
321  
Restoral  
Zone  
Number  
Burglary Zone Bypass  
573  
Restoral  
Zone  
Octal relay fault report  
Octal relay restoral  
330  
Burglary Zone Bypass restoral  
24 Hour Zone Bypass  
Number  
330  
Restoral  
Zone  
005  
573  
Number  
573  
Restoral  
Zone  
330  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Keypad supervision failure report  
Keypad supervision restoral  
Multiplex bus fault  
24 Hour Zone Bypass restoral  
Manual communicator test report  
Number  
330  
601  
602  
602  
604  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
None  
Restoral  
333  
Automatic system normal test report  
Automatic system off normal test report  
Fire walk test report  
333  
Multiplex bus restoral  
Restoral  
Receiver  
Number  
333  
Radio receiver trouble report  
Radio receiver trouble restoral  
Receiver  
Number  
333  
Restoral  
604  
Restoral  
Fire walk test restoral  
System walk test start report  
607  
Serial interface fault report  
Serial interface restoral  
336  
336  
Restoral  
None  
None  
607  
Restoral  
None  
System walk test end report  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 85  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
- The control will then take a few seconds to check the multiplex  
connection to confirm nothing is connected to it. The display  
will show the following:  
14.0 Multiplex Zone Addressing Guide  
Before installing a multiplex device, its address and other  
information must be programmed into the control panel. (To disable  
or remove a multiplex point, set the program address for 00 [see  
Section 10.4]).  
- The display will then call-up the first zone you have pre-  
programmed to be a multiplex zone. To access a different  
zone, press the [Reset/*] key, then enter the three digit value of  
the zone you want. The display will show the following:  
If using a DS7436 Multiplex Expansion Module,  
programming must be done using bus “A.”  
Perform the following:  
• Program the control panel.  
- Refer to sections 10.2-10.5, Zone Programming.  
These sections allow you to define the Multiplex Zone’s  
address (zone number), its type (single or multiple zone input  
device, a DS7465, a Multiplex Smoke or a Multiplex Smoke  
with a Low Temperature Alarm), which zone or output function  
it will follow (1-24) and its partition (1-8).  
Before you do anything else, reconnect the multiplex device (that  
coincides with the displayed zone) to the multiplex bus of the  
DS7430.  
For DS7465s and Multiple Input devices, pressing the [#] button  
now will program these devices to the control panel. Remember,  
these devices take up two addresses. When address 009 (for  
example) is a DS7465, pressing the [#] button now will program  
both addresses 009 and 010.  
For example:Program zone 9 to be a single zone input device  
(MX950 ) that follows zone function 1 and is in  
partition 1.  
Procedure: Enter the programmer’s mode.  
Enter address 0039.  
For Single Input devices, press the [#] button to continue  
programming. The display asks whether you are programming a  
sensor or a contact; it will show the following:  
Enter the data digits as [0] and [1] followed by the  
[#] button.  
Enter address 0291.  
Enter the data digits as [0] and [0] followed by the  
[#] button.  
Exit the programmer’s mode.  
• Program the BusLoc® feature.  
If you are programming a sensor, press the [4] button to program  
these devices to the control panel. If you are programming a contact,  
press the [6] button to program these devices to the control panel.  
- If the device is successfully programmed, the keypad will  
sound a single beep and increment to the next zone (if there is  
one) pre-programmed as a multiplex zone.  
At this point, you must decide whether or not to use the BusLoc®  
feature.  
BusLoc® is a proprietary method of tying the multiplex zones to  
the control panel to prevent the system from being taken over.  
Using BusLoc® will program an invisible identification code into  
the multiplex zones.  
Disconnect the device you just programmed and  
connect the next device (that belongs to the displayed  
zone) to the multiplex bus of the DS7430 and press  
the [#] button. Continue programming.  
NOTE: If using the DS7432 8-Input Remote Module or the DS7433  
8-Input Direct Module, the BusLoc® feature can not be  
used.  
- If you choose to use the BusLoc® feature, program a 5-digit  
code at programming address 9999.  
24-hour zones will alarm when you exit the  
programmer’s mode. Alarm reports for these zones  
will be sent if they have been programmed. If you do  
not want these reports sent, disconnect power from  
the system now by unplugging the transformer and  
removing the red battery lead. Do not reconnect power  
until all zones have been installed and connected to  
the multiplex bus.  
It is very important to save this code under lock and key. If  
you need to replace the control panel, you will have to program  
it with the same BusLoc® code as the previous panel or the  
multiplex devices will not match codes with the new control  
panel.  
For example:Program the BusLoc® code to be 54321.  
Procedure: Enter the programmer’s mode.  
Enter address 9999.  
- If no other zones have been pre-programmed, the display will  
show the following:  
Enter the data digits as [5], [4], [3], [2], and [1]  
followed by the [#] button.  
Exit the programmer’s mode.  
Once the pre-programming is done, you are ready to program the  
multiplex devices. Perform the following:  
- You may now exit the Zone Programmer’s mode by pressing  
the [*/Reset] button for 2 seconds. This brings you back to the  
Programmer’s Mode. To exit the Programmer’s Mode, press  
the [*/Reset] button for 2 seconds.  
• Disconnect all multiplex devices from the DS7430.  
• Program the multiplex devices through the control panel. Per-  
form the following:  
- If the zone is unsuccessfully programmed, the keypad will  
sound a three-beep error tone.  
- Enter the programmer’s mode.  
- Enter the multiplex programming mode.  
Do this by entering [9] [9] [9] [5] followed by the [#] button.  
Page 86  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
15.0 Troubleshooting Guide  
15.1 Keypad Problems  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
Entry Error: Please Re-enter will a) Two or more keypads share the same a) Install keypad jumper properly in back of  
display on keypad. A three beep error  
tone will sound continuously.  
address.  
keypads.  
b) The DS7430 or DS7433 is installed in b) Be sure the DS7430 or DS7433 is installed  
the wrong pins.  
properly.  
Keypad displays Not Programmed, a) The keypad not addressed properly.  
See Instal Guide, sounder is on and  
a) Install the keypad jumper properly in the back of  
the keypad.  
the keypad does not operate.  
b) The keypad is not programmed b) Check keypad programming addresses 3131-  
properly. 3138.  
c) Keypads 11-15 are not properly c) Check keypad addresses 11-15. System will  
configured.  
only see keypads on the options bus.  
Master keypads can only be used on multi-partition  
systems. Program the keypad as a standard  
keypad.  
Keypad displays Ready to arm, The keypad is programmed as a Master  
partition 1 when using only one keypad.  
partition.  
a) Check wiring.  
Keypad displays System Fault, a) Keypad wiring error.  
sounder is on, and the keypad does  
b) Assign the keypad(s) to correct partition. If none  
of the keypads are correctly assigned, re-enable  
keypad 1 by shorting the program contacts in  
the lower right corner of the main panel board.  
This will force program mode and assign  
keypad 1 as alpha, non-master to partition 1.  
not operate.  
b) Keypad(s) assigned to wrong or non-  
existent partition.  
c) Disconnect battery and any aux. power load. If  
the microprocessor has shut down, aux. power  
will read approx. 11.5 VDC. If the EEProm chip  
has been field-replaced, power down AC and  
battery, and check for bent or mis-inserted pins;  
Otherwise, replace the panel.  
c) The microprocessor isn’t running.  
Keypad alpha display is locked up, The keypad is enabled, but as an LED Enter the program mode at the keypad and input  
but the keys still function.  
keypad.  
the correct sequence to re-enable it as an alpha  
keypad. Care must be taken, since there will be no  
visual feedback to verify programming until the  
keypad is properly enabled.  
Can’t read back history with # 89 a) Entering from Master keypad.  
input.  
a) First enter Single Partition Mode.  
b) Use a PIN with test authority.  
b) Not using a PIN with test authority.  
In history, the Read-back for the A, B, Formats display information regarding the Discrepancy exists in the definition of these keys in  
and C keys shows:  
A = Fire  
B = Emergency  
C = Panic  
B and C keys differently.  
In Contact ID: A = Fire  
the two formats. Whatever the keys are  
programmed for in the panel, that is what will be  
sent.  
B = Silent Panic  
C = Audible Panic  
But,  
the  
Central  
Station  
transmissions display B as Silent In SIA: A = Fire  
Panic and C as Audible Panic.  
B = Emergency  
C = Panic  
Can not perform a zone test (#81).  
a) Entering from a Master keypad.  
b) Not using a PIN with test authority.  
a) Zone test is not available from a Master keypad.  
b) Use a PIN with test authority.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 87  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Keypad Problems (Continued)  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
Chime Mode (#7) does not work  
when a zone is faulted.  
a) Not activating for interior zones.  
a) Chime mode only activates for perimeter zones  
- Chime mode must be programmed. Also, if  
the perimeter zone has trouble enabled (trouble  
on open), the chime won’t work if that zone is  
opening.  
b) The keypad is not assigned to the same b) Chime mode will only activate the sounder on  
partition as the zone being activated.  
keypads that are assigned to the same partition  
as the zone.  
Some functions won’t work on a Some functions require you to enter single The following commands require that you are in  
Master keypad.  
partition mode when using a Master Single Partition Mode when entering from a Master  
keypad.  
keypad:  
• History read-back  
• Chime mode  
• Checking zone status  
• Checking zone trouble status (after #87 - Master  
keypad will show only partition name)  
• Bypassing zones  
15.2 Reporting Problems  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
Not programmed correctly.  
Check addresses: 3331, 3332, 3334, and 3333.  
Won’t send open or close reports.  
The account codes for 2-8 are not pro-  
grammed or are not programmed correctly.  
Reports for partitions 2-8 are being  
sent with partition 1’s reporting ID.  
Check addresses: 3429-3459.  
Not getting AC power fail reports.  
a) AC power fail messages are sent only a) Try forcing another report to send when AC is  
with other reports, such as low battery. not present.  
b) Check AC report offset (3338). If 00, AC b) Wait until the delay times out or set to a lower  
report will work like above, if another  
number, AC report will be delayed.  
number if desired.  
Panel never transmits history to a) Not programmed to send history.  
a) Check programming.  
WDSRP.  
b) Time and date not set.  
b) Verify that the time in the panel is set.  
The communicator test report is not a) Report not programmed properly.  
being sent.  
a) Check programming addresses 4022, 4023,  
4026, and 3340.  
b) Program “System Off Normal” report in address  
3347.  
b) There was a control problem at the time  
the report should have been sent. If this  
is the case, the communicator test  
report will not be sent. Instead, the  
control will send the “System Off  
Normal” report.  
15.3 Zone Problems  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
Fire Alarm displays on keypad but In Commercial Fire Mode, fire alarms must Enter a valid disarm PIN and press #, then enter a  
no zone numbers are displayed. be silenced before the zone number will valid disarm PIN and press # again to display the  
display.  
zones.  
Every other zone displays Not Ready. Zone Programming is incorrect.  
Program as a multiple zone input for DS7432 or  
DS7460, a single zone input for contacts and  
sensors, or program as a DS7465.  
Page 88  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Zone Problems (Continued)  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
a) The multiplex expansion module is not  
installed properly.  
Zones 9 and above show Not Ready,  
Zone Trouble.  
a) Make sure the multiplex expansion module is  
seated properly in the upper pins on the  
DS7400Xi circuit board.  
Never disconnect the  
power when in the  
programming mode.  
Always disconnect the  
Multiplex Bus or have the  
DS7430 or DS7436 in  
b) Multiplex wiring is missing or is not  
installed properly.  
b) Check wiring and perform a system reset.  
c) 8-Input remote module DIP switches  
are not set properly.  
c) Correctly set the DIP switches for the 8-Input  
remote modules.  
the  
disable  
mode  
d) 8-Input remote module covers are  
removed.  
d) Replace covers or install the tamper bypass  
jumper.  
programming  
when powering up or  
down.  
e) The BusLoc® code is set incorrectly or  
has not been programmed into  
modules.  
e) BusLoc® can not be used with 8-Input remote  
modules. If using 8-Input modules, remove the  
BusLoc® code.  
OR  
If using two-input remote modules or the  
DS7465, be sure to use BusLoc® when  
programming. If not using BusLoc®, be sure to  
remove the BusLoc® code from address 9999.  
f) Program as a multiple zone input for DS7432 or  
DS7460, a single zone input for contacts and  
sensors, or program as a DS7465.  
f) Zone Programming is incorrect.  
g) Multiplex module not programmed.  
g) Program the module.  
h) Two modules are programmed with the same  
address. The problem will only occur when both  
modulees are off normal. Isolate the duplicate  
module by disconnecting sections of the bus  
and performing a [PIN] + [System Reset].  
Reprogram modules.  
h) Multiplex Bus voltage is 12VDC or  
greater. (Normal is approximately 8 to  
10VDC.)  
OR  
The system is in the programming mode. Exit  
the programming mode.  
OR  
Zones have been added to a system protected  
by Busloc®. Clear Busloc®.  
i) There is a short on the multiplex bus.  
i) Multiplex Bus voltage is 5VDC or less.  
OR  
There is a bad module on the bus.  
OR  
One or more modules on the bus are connected  
backwards - reverse polarity.  
Program the output to follow zone alarms (6).  
(Normal is approximately 8 to 10VDC.)  
The output is programmed as “latch on  
alarm” (0).  
Invisible or silent zone activates  
alarm output.  
See system trouble: Ground fault.  
Keypad displays Fire Trouble, but  
A ground fault condition exists.  
does not indicate any zones.  
Press [PIN] + [OFF] to display the zone number of  
the invisible zone that is not ready.  
Keypad displays Not Ready, but no An invisible zone is not ready.  
zone number is displayed.  
15.4 General System Problems  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
How to set the programming values Enter a value of 01 in address 4058.  
to the factory default.  
Caution:  
Only enter a value of 01 in address  
4058 when you are sure you want to  
default the programming. Doing so will  
immediately erase all programming.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 89  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General System Problems (Continued)  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
Power LED is flashing, keypad A control trouble exists.  
Press #87 to determine the trouble condition.  
displays Control Trouble Press #87.  
a) Check the wiring to the module.  
#87 display = Oct. Relay Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 20  
a) The octal relay module (DS7488) is  
defective or the wiring to the module is  
defective.  
b) Enter, then exit programming mode. This will re-  
scan the options bus and clear the problem.  
b) There is no DS7488 or a DS7488 has  
been removed from the system.  
#87 display = Multiplex Bus Fault  
The Multiplex Bus is defective or shorted. Check wiring for shorts.  
Can’t reset to factory default.  
Keypad programming access is set to  
PARTIAL from Remote programmer.  
Change setting to FULL from the Remote  
programmer.  
#87 display = RAM Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 01  
a) An EEProm fault can be caused by  
disconnecting power from the control while it is  
in program mode. In this case, enter then exit  
program mode to clear.  
or  
#87 display = ROM Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 02  
b) Try to clear the error at the keypad by entering a  
PIN then Reset.  
or  
c) Remove AC and battery power, then re-apply.  
Remember that event history will be lost and  
time/date will have to be re-set.  
#87 display = EEProm Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 03  
d) If error persists, return the panel to factory default  
programming by setting program address 4058  
to “01”. If the error clears, re-program the panel.  
e) If error still persists, replace the panel.  
Check history #89 to determine the source:  
#87 display = Communicator Err  
#89 display = Report Failure X  
The control has failed to communicate.  
Report Failure 1 = Phone number 1  
Report Failure 2 = Phone number 2  
Report Failure 3 = Phone number 3  
(remote programmer)  
Report Failure 4 = DS7416i Communications fault  
#87 display = 2Ph/Bell Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 10  
a) The dual phone line/bell supervision  
module (DS7420i) is defective or the  
wiring to the module is defective.  
a)Check the wiring to the module.  
b) There is no DS7420i or a DS7420i has  
been removed from the system.  
b) Enter, then exit programming mode. This will re-  
scan the options bus and clear the problem.  
#87 display = Line 1 Fault  
Check phone line 1 for proper operation.  
There is a phone line fault on line 1.  
#89 display = System Fault 11  
#87 display = Line 2 Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 12  
Check phone line 2 for proper operation. If you wish  
to monitor only one phone line, reprogram address  
4021.  
#87 display = Bell Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 13  
There is a phone line fault on line 2.  
Check the bell circuit wiring. Be sure that the end-  
of-line resistor is in place. If you don’t wish to use  
the bell circuit, place an end-of-line resistor across  
the bell terminals.  
#87 display = Aux. Output Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 14  
Check the auxiliary circuit wiring. Be sure that the  
end-of-line resistor is in place. If you don’t wish to  
use the auxiliary circuit, place an end-of-line resistor  
across the auxiliary terminals. If you wish to use the  
auxiliary circuit but do not wish to supervise it, cut  
the auxiliary supervision jumper on the DS7420i.  
The bell circuit on the DS7420i is open or  
shorted.  
The auxiliary circuit on the DS7420i is open  
or shorted.  
Page 90  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General System Problems (Continued)  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
#87 display = Aux Power Fault  
Remove wiring from auxiliary power and check for  
shorts.  
The auxiliary power output has been  
shorted.  
#87 display = Keypad Fault  
a) The keypad wiring is defective.  
a) Check keypad operation and wiring.  
b) Install a keypad.  
b) A keypad is missing.  
c) A keypad has been programmed, but is c) Remove from programming (3131-3138).  
not intended in this system.  
Disconnect field wiring from each terminal while  
watching the keypad display. When the keypad power  
LED stops flashing, you have found the wire that is  
causing the ground fault.  
#87 display = Ground Fault  
#89 display = System Fault 04  
There is a short to ground somewhere in  
the system.  
Note:  
The LED will not stop flashing if there is  
another system fault present.  
If there is no keypad nearby, or another control  
problem exists, you can use a volt-meter to find the  
ground fault:  
1) Connect the negative lead of a volt-meter to the  
panel ground terminal.  
2) Connect the positive terminal to the Aux Power –  
terminal.  
You should read -4.5 to -7.5 Volts DC. A reading  
considerably higher or lower indicates a ground  
fault.  
Disconnect field wiring from each terminal while  
watching the meter. When the voltage reading  
returns to between -4.5 and -7.5 VDC, you have  
found the wire that is causing the ground fault.  
#87 display = AR IB Queue Full  
#89 display = System Fault 51  
The message queue in the RF modem is  
full and no messages can get out to the  
radio network.  
Check RF coverage of the unit and check for RF  
noisy environment.  
#87 display = AR Host Down  
#89 display = System Fault 52  
The central station receiver has ceased to Contract the central station and notify of status.  
be available to the network.  
Contact the network administrators or technical  
service.  
#87 display = AR Unreg. Modem  
#89 display = System Fault 53  
The modem is not registered through all  
parts of the network.  
#87 display = AR Power Fail  
#89 display = System Fault 54  
There is a possible problem with the Return for service.  
DS7416i Module.  
The DS7416i Module has lost contact with Check the location and coverage of the unit.  
the radio network.  
#87 display = AR Network Lost  
#89 display = System Fault 55  
#87 display = AR Modem HW Err  
#89 display = System Fault 56  
There is a possible problem with the radio Replace the unit.  
modem.  
#87 display = AR Modem SW Err  
#89 display = System Fault 57  
The DS7416i Module is having trouble  
communicating with the radio modem.  
Check for noisy environment and replace the unit if  
the problem continues.  
#87 display = AR Opt. Bus Err  
#89 display = System Fault 58  
The panel can no longer communicate  
with the DS7416i Module.  
Check the wiring between the DS7400Xi and the  
DS7416i Module.  
The communication between the panel  
and the DS7416i Module is getting  
corrupted.  
#87 display = AR Corrupt MSG  
#89 display = System Fault 59  
Check for noisy environment, and check the wiring  
between the DS7400Xi and the DS7416i Module.  
a) Determine the cause of the problem and clear  
the indicated zone(s).  
a) Zone(s) faulted.  
Unable to arm the system.  
b) Enter an arming sequence, then press the  
Bypass key during a 5 second beep.  
b) If an AC failure exists, you must force  
arm.  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 91  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
General System Problems (Continued)  
Symptom  
Probable Cause  
Possible Solution  
a) The battery failed a battery test.  
#87 display = Battery Trouble  
a) If there has just been a power failure, wait at  
least two hours for the battery to recharge then  
perform a System Reset to re-test the battery  
and clear the error.  
b) The battery is defective.  
b) Replace the battery.  
c) Check wiring.  
c) The wiring to the battery is  
disconnected.  
#87 display = Zone Trouble  
a) A zone is not responding to the control a) Check wiring to the zone.  
panel.  
or  
If the zone is not to be used, remove from  
programming.  
b) The zone is programmed for “Trouble  
on Open” and the loop is open.  
b) If using Normally Closed contacts, re-program  
zone for alarm on open.  
There is a power failure and the panel is  
operating on battery backup. If there is a  
general power failure, wait for the power to  
return. If there is not a general power failure  
in the building.  
or  
If using Normally Open contacts and trouble on  
open is desired, check for opens in the loop.  
Remove wiring and place an EOL resistor across  
the zone to eliminate a problem with the control.  
If the trouble goes away, the problem is in the  
wiring or in a contact connected to the zone.  
#87 display = AC Power Failure  
a) The transformer is unplugged.  
a) Plug the transformer in.  
b) The wiring from the transformer is b) Check the wiring.  
defective.  
c) The circuit to the transformer is off or c) Check the circuit and circuit breakers.  
defective.  
d) The transformer is defective.  
d) Replace the transformer.  
e) In some cases, the transformer may e) Connect to a circuit that is not controlled this  
be connected to a circuit controlled by  
a switch or a circuit breaker that is  
periodically turned off.  
way.  
Fire Alarm displays “000”.  
The Fire Alarm was caused by the “A” key. Use the System Reset command to clear the  
display.  
Fire Trouble, no zone number.  
When in Commercial Fire Mode, a ground See #87 Ground Fault display for solution.  
fault causes this display.  
Fire zone wiring problems.  
If you try to disable the zone by reprogramming it,  
you need to reset the control by either entering then  
exiting programmer’s mode, or removing then  
restoring power to the control panel.  
Fire Trouble ____________  
zone number. Dirty  
A multiplex smoke detector has failed its  
internal sensitivity test.  
Chamber ____________  
zone number.  
Clean or replace the dirty smoke detector or  
chamber. DO NOT USE WATER TO CLEAN THE  
CHAMBER.  
Page 92  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
16.0 Program Addresses  
Address Description  
Address Description  
Address Description  
0063  
0064  
0065  
0066  
0067  
0068  
0069  
0070  
0071  
0072  
0073  
0074  
0075  
0076  
0077  
0078  
0079  
0080  
0081  
0082  
0083  
0084  
0085  
0086  
0087  
0088  
0089  
0090  
0091  
0092  
0093  
0094  
0095  
0096  
0097  
0098  
0099  
0100  
0101  
0102  
0103  
0104  
0105  
0106  
0107  
0108  
0109  
0110  
0111  
0112  
0113  
0114  
0115  
0116  
0117  
0118  
0119  
0120  
0121  
0122  
0123  
0124  
0125  
Zone Number 33  
Zone Number 34  
Zone Number 35  
Zone Number 36  
Zone Number 37  
Zone Number 38  
Zone Number 39  
Zone Number 40  
Zone Number 41  
Zone Number 42  
Zone Number 43  
Zone Number 44  
Zone Number 45  
Zone Number 46  
Zone Number 47  
Zone Number 48  
Zone Number 49  
Zone Number 50  
Zone Number 51  
Zone Number 52  
Zone Number 53  
Zone Number 54  
Zone Number 55  
Zone Number 56  
Zone Number 57  
Zone Number 58  
Zone Number 59  
Zone Number 60  
Zone Number 61  
Zone Number 62  
Zone Number 63  
Zone Number 64  
Zone Number 65  
Zone Number 66  
Zone Number 67  
Zone Number 68  
Zone Number 69  
Zone Number 70  
Zone Number 71  
Zone Number 72  
Zone Number 73  
Zone Number 74  
Zone Number 75  
Zone Number 76  
Zone Number 77  
Zone Number 78  
Zone Number 79  
Zone Number 80  
Zone Number 81  
Zone Number 82  
Zone Number 83  
Zone Number 84  
Zone Number 85  
Zone Number 86  
Zone Number 87  
Zone Number 88  
Zone Number 89  
Zone Number 90  
Zone Number 91  
Zone Number 92  
Zone Number 93  
Zone Number 94  
Zone Number 95  
0126  
0127  
0128  
0129  
0130  
0131  
0132  
0133  
0134  
0135  
0136  
0137  
0138  
0139  
0140  
0141  
0142  
0143  
0144  
0145  
0146  
0147  
0148  
0149  
0150  
0151  
0152  
0153  
0154  
0155  
0156  
0157  
0158  
0159  
0160  
0161  
0162  
0163  
0164  
0165  
0166  
0167  
0168  
0169  
0170  
0171  
0172  
0173  
0174  
0175  
0176  
0177  
0178  
0179  
0180  
0181  
0182  
0183  
0184  
0185  
0186  
0187  
0188  
Zone Number 96  
Zone Number 97  
Zone Number 98  
Zone Number 99  
Zone Number 100  
Zone Number 101  
Zone Number 102  
Zone Number 103  
Zone Number 104  
Zone Number 105  
Zone Number 106  
Zone Number 107  
Zone Number 108  
Zone Number 109  
Zone Number 110  
Zone Number 111  
Zone Number 112  
Zone Number 113  
Zone Number 114  
Zone Number 115  
Zone Number 116  
Zone Number 117  
Zone Number 118  
Zone Number 119  
Zone Number 120  
Zone Number 121  
Zone Number 122  
Zone Number 123  
Zone Number 124  
Zone Number 125  
Zone Number 126  
Zone Number 127  
Zone Number 128  
Zone Number 129  
Zone Number 130  
Zone Number 131  
Zone Number 132  
Zone Number 133  
Zone Number 134  
Zone Number 135  
Zone Number 136  
Zone Number 137  
Zone Number 138  
Zone Number 139  
Zone Number 140  
Zone Number 141  
Zone Number 142  
Zone Number 143  
Zone Number 144  
Zone Number 145  
Zone Number 146  
Zone Number 147  
Zone Number 148  
Zone Number 149  
Zone Number 150  
Zone Number 151  
Zone Number 152  
Zone Number 153  
Zone Number 154  
Zone Number 155  
Zone Number 156  
Zone Number 157  
Zone Number 158  
0000  
0001  
0002  
0003  
0004  
0005  
0006  
0007  
0008  
0009  
0010  
0011  
0012  
0013  
0014  
0015  
0016  
0017  
0018  
0019  
0020  
0021  
0022  
0023  
0024  
0025  
0026  
0027  
0028  
0029  
0030  
0031  
0032  
0033  
0034  
0035  
0036  
0037  
0038  
0039  
0040  
0041  
0042  
0043  
0044  
0045  
0046  
0047  
0048  
0049  
0050  
0051  
0052  
0053  
0054  
0055  
0056  
0057  
0058  
0059  
0060  
0061  
0062  
General Control  
Zone Function 1  
Zone Function 2  
Zone Function 3  
Zone Function 4  
Zone Function 5  
Zone Function 6  
Zone Function 7  
Zone Function 8  
Zone Function 9  
Zone Function 10  
Zone Function 11  
Zone Function 12  
Zone Function 13  
Zone Function 14  
Zone Function 15  
Zone Function 16  
Zone Function 17  
Zone Function 18  
Zone Function 19  
Zone Function 20  
Zone Function 21  
Zone Function 22  
Zone Function 23  
Zone Function 24  
Zone Function 25  
Zone Function 26  
Zone Function 27  
Zone Function 28  
Zone Function 29  
Zone Function 30  
Zone Number 1  
Zone Number 2  
Zone Number 3  
Zone Number 4  
Zone Number 5  
Zone Number 6  
Zone Number 7  
Zone Number 8  
Zone Number 9  
Zone Number 10  
Zone Number 11  
Zone Number 12  
Zone Number 13  
Zone Number 14  
Zone Number 15  
Zone Number 16  
Zone Number 17  
Zone Number 18  
Zone Number 19  
Zone Number 20  
Zone Number 21  
Zone Number 22  
Zone Number 23  
Zone Number 24  
Zone Number 25  
Zone Number 26  
Zone Number 27  
Zone Number 28  
Zone Number 29  
Zone Number 30  
Zone Number 31  
Zone Number 32  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 93  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Address Description  
Address Description  
Address Description  
Zone 81 & 82 Partition Assign.  
0189  
0190  
0191  
0192  
0193  
0194  
0195  
0196  
0197  
0198  
0199  
0200  
0201  
0202  
0203  
0204  
0205  
0206  
0207  
0208  
0209  
0210  
0211  
0212  
0213  
0214  
0215  
0216  
0217  
0218  
0219  
0220  
0221  
0222  
0223  
0224  
0225  
0226  
0227  
0228  
0229  
0230  
0231  
0232  
0233  
0234  
0235  
0236  
0237  
0238  
0239  
0240  
0241  
0242  
0243  
0244  
0245  
0246  
0247  
0248  
0249  
0250  
0251  
0252  
0253  
Zone Number 159  
Zone Number 160  
Zone Number 161  
Zone Number 162  
Zone Number 163  
Zone Number 164  
Zone Number 165  
Zone Number 166  
Zone Number 167  
Zone Number 168  
Zone Number 169  
Zone Number 170  
Zone Number 171  
Zone Number 172  
Zone Number 173  
Zone Number 174  
Zone Number 175  
Zone Number 176  
Zone Number 177  
Zone Number 178  
Zone Number 179  
Zone Number 180  
Zone Number 181  
Zone Number 182  
Zone Number 183  
Zone Number 184  
Zone Number 185  
Zone Number 186  
Zone Number 187  
Zone Number 188  
Zone Number 189  
Zone Number 190  
Zone Number 191  
Zone Number 192  
Zone Number 193  
Zone Number 194  
Zone Number 195  
Zone Number 196  
Zone Number 197  
Zone Number 198  
Zone Number 199  
Zone Number 200  
Zone Number 201  
Zone Number 202  
Zone Number 203  
Zone Number 204  
Zone Number 205  
Zone Number 206  
Zone Number 207  
Zone Number 208  
Zone Number 209  
Zone Number 210  
Zone Number 211  
Zone Number 212  
Zone Number 213  
Zone Number 214  
Zone Number 215  
Zone Number 216  
Zone Number 217  
Zone Number 218  
Zone Number 219  
Zone Number 220  
Zone Number 221  
Zone Number 222  
Zone Number 223  
0254  
0255  
0256  
0257  
0258  
0259  
0260  
0261  
0262  
0263  
0264  
0265  
0266  
0267  
0268  
0269  
0270  
0271  
0272  
0273  
0274  
0275  
0276  
0277  
0278  
0287  
0288  
0289  
0290  
0291  
0292  
0293  
0294  
0295  
0296  
0297  
0298  
0299  
0300  
0301  
0302  
0303  
0304  
0305  
0306  
0307  
0308  
0309  
0310  
0311  
0312  
0313  
0314  
0315  
0316  
0317  
0318  
0319  
0320  
0321  
0322  
0323  
0324  
0325  
0326  
Zone Number 224  
0327  
0328  
0329  
0330  
0331  
0332  
0333  
0334  
0335  
0336  
0337  
0338  
0339  
0340  
0341  
0342  
0343  
0344  
0345  
0346  
0347  
0348  
0349  
0350  
0351  
0352  
0353  
0354  
0355  
0356  
0357  
0358  
0359  
0360  
0361  
0362  
0363  
0364  
0365  
0366  
0367  
0368  
0369  
0370  
0371  
0372  
0373  
0374  
0375  
0376  
0377  
0378  
0379  
0380  
0381  
0382  
0383  
0384  
0385  
0386  
0387  
0388  
0389  
0390  
0391  
Zone Number 225  
Zone Number 226  
Zone Number 227  
Zone Number 228  
Zone Number 229  
Zone Number 230  
Zone Number 231  
Zone Number 232  
Zone Number 233  
Zone Number 234  
Zone Number 235  
Zone Number 236  
Zone Number 237  
Zone Number 238  
Zone Number 239  
Zone Number 240  
Zone Number 241  
Zone Number 242  
Zone Number 243  
Zone Number 244  
Zone Number 245  
Zone Number 246  
Zone Number 247  
Zone Number 248  
Zone 1 & 2 Partitin Assign.  
Zone 3 & 4 Partition Assign.  
Zone 5 & 6 Partition Assign.  
Zone 7 & 8 Partition Assign.  
Zone 9 & 10 Partition Assign.  
Zone 11 & 12 Partition Assign.  
Zone 13 & 14 Partition Assign.  
Zone 15 & 16 Partition Assign.  
Zone 17 & 18 Partition Assign.  
Zone 19 & 20 Partition Assign.  
Zone 21 & 22 Partition Assign.  
Zone 23 & 24 Partition Assign.  
Zone 25 & 26 Partition Assign.  
Zone 27 & 28 Partition Assign.  
Zone 29 & 30 Partition Assign.  
Zone 31 & 32 Partition Assign.  
Zone 33 & 34 Partition Assign.  
Zone 35 & 36 Partition Assign.  
Zone 37 & 38 Partition Assign.  
Zone 39 & 40 Partition Assign.  
Zone 41 & 42 Partition Assign.  
Zone 43 & 44 Partition Assign.  
Zone 45 & 46 Partition Assign.  
Zone 47 & 48 Partition Assign.  
Zone 49 & 50 Partition Assign.  
Zone 51 & 52 Partition Assign.  
Zone 53 & 54 Partition Assign.  
Zone 55 & 56 Partition Assign.  
Zone 57 & 58 PartitionAssign.  
Zone 59 & 60 Partition Assign.  
Zone 61 & 62 Partition Assign.  
Zone 63 & 64 Partition Assign.  
Zone 65 & 66 Partition Assign.  
Zone 67 & 68 Partition Assign.  
Zone 69 & 70 Partition Assign.  
Zone 71 & 72 Partition Assign.  
Zone 73 & 74 Partition Assign.  
Zone 75 & 76 Partition Assign.  
Zone 77 & 78 Partition Assign.  
Zone 79 & 80 Partition Assign.  
Zone 83 & 84 Partition Assign.  
Zone 85 & 86 Partition Assign.  
Zone 87 & 88 Partition Assign.  
Zone 89 & 90 Partition Assign.  
Zone 91 & 92 Partition Assign.  
Zone 93 & 94 Partition Assign.  
Zone 95 & 96 Partition Assign.  
Zone 97 & 98 Partition Assign.  
Zone 99 & 100 Partition Assign.  
Zone 101 & 102 Partition Assign.  
Zone 103 & 104 Partition Assign.  
Zone 105 & 106 Partition Assign.  
Zone 107 & 108 Partition Assign.  
Zone 109 & 110 Partition Assign.  
Zone 111 & 112 Partition Assign.  
Zone 113 & 114 Partition Assign.  
Zone 115 & 116 Partition Assign.  
Zone 117 & 118 Partition Assign.  
Zone 119 & 120 Partition Assign.  
Zone 121 & 122 Partition Assign.  
Zone 123 & 124 Partition Assign.  
Zone 125 & 126 Partition Assign.  
Zone 127 & 128 Partition Assign.  
Zone 129 & 130 Partition Assign.  
Zone 131 & 132 Partition Assign.  
Zone 133 & 134 Partition Assign.  
Zone 135 & 136 Partition Assign.  
Zone 137 & 138 Partition Assign.  
Zone 139 & 140 Partition Assign.  
Zone 141 & 142 Partition Assign.  
Zone 143 & 144 Partition Assign.  
Zone 145 & 146 Partition Assign.  
Zone 147 & 148 Partition Assign.  
Zone 149 & 150 Partition Assign.  
Zone 151 & 152 Partition Assign.  
Zone 153 & 154 Partition Assign.  
Zone 155 & 156 Partition Assign.  
Zone 157 & 158 Partition Assign.  
Zone 159 & 160 Partition Assign.  
Zone 161 & 162 Partition Assign.  
Zone 163 & 164 Partition Assign.  
Zone 165 & 166 Partition Assign.  
Zone 167 & 168 Partition Assign.  
Zone 169 & 170 Partition Assign.  
Zone 171 & 172 Partition Assign.  
Zone 173 & 174 Partition Assign.  
Zone 175 & 176 Partition Assign.  
Zone 177 & 178 Partition Assign.  
Zone 179 & 180 Partition Assign.  
Zone 181 & 182 Partition Assign.  
Zone 183 & 184 Partition Assign.  
Zone 185 & 186 Partition Assign.  
Zone 187 & 188 Partition Assign.  
Zone 189 & 190 Partition Assign.  
Zone 191 & 192 Partition Assign.  
Zone 193 & 194 Partition Assign.  
Zone 195 & 196 Partition Assign.  
Zone 197 & 198 Partition Assign.  
Zone 199 & 200 Partition Assign.  
Zone 201 & 202 Partition Assign.  
Zone 203 & 204 Partition Assign.  
Zone 205 & 206 Partition Assign.  
Zone 207 & 208 Partition Assign.  
Zone 209 & 210 Partition Assign.  
Page 94  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Address Description  
Zone 211 & 212 Partition Assign.  
Address Description  
Zone 93 & 94 Zone Type  
Address Description  
Zone 223 & 224 Zone Type  
0392  
0393  
0394  
0395  
0396  
0397  
0398  
0399  
0400  
0401  
0402  
0403  
0404  
0405  
0406  
0407  
0408  
0409  
0410  
0415  
0416  
0417  
0418  
0419  
0420  
0421  
0422  
0423  
0424  
0425  
0426  
0427  
0428  
0429  
0430  
0431  
0432  
0433  
0434  
0435  
0436  
0437  
0438  
0439  
0440  
0441  
0442  
0443  
0444  
0445  
0446  
0447  
0448  
0449  
0450  
0451  
0452  
0453  
0454  
0455  
0456  
0457  
0458  
0459  
0460  
0461  
0462  
0463  
0464  
0465  
0466  
0467  
0468  
0469  
0470  
0471  
0472  
0473  
0474  
0475  
0476  
0477  
0478  
0479  
0480  
0481  
0482  
0483  
0484  
0485  
0486  
0487  
0488  
0489  
0490  
0491  
0492  
0493  
0494  
0495  
0496  
0497  
0498  
0499  
0500  
0501  
0502  
0503  
0504  
0505  
0506  
0507  
0508  
0509  
0510  
0511  
0512  
0513  
0514  
0515  
0516  
0517  
0518  
0519  
0520  
0521  
0522  
0523  
0524  
0525  
0526  
0527  
0528  
0529  
0530  
0531  
0532  
0533  
0534  
0535  
0536  
0537  
0538  
0545  
0561  
0577  
0593  
0609  
0625  
0641  
0657  
0673  
0689  
0705  
0721  
0737  
0753  
0769  
0785  
0801  
0817  
0833  
0849  
0865  
0881  
0897  
0913  
0929  
0945  
0961  
0977  
0993  
1009  
1025  
1041  
1057  
1073  
1089  
1105  
1121  
1137  
1153  
1169  
1185  
1201  
1217  
1233  
1249  
1265  
1281  
1297  
1313  
1329  
1345  
1361  
Zone 213 & 214 Partition Assign.  
Zone 215 & 216 Partition Assign.  
Zone 217 & 218 Partition Assign.  
Zone 219 & 220 Partition Assign.  
Zone 221 & 222 Partition Assign.  
Zone 223 & 224 Partition Assign.  
Zone 225 & 226 Partition Assign.  
Zone 227 & 228 Partition Assign.  
Zone 229 & 230 Partition Assign.  
Zone 231 & 232 Partition Assign.  
Zone 233 & 234 Partition Assign.  
Zone 235 & 236 Partition Assign.  
Zone 237 & 238 Partition Assign.  
Zone 239 & 240 Partition Assign.  
Zone 241 & 242 Partition Assign.  
Zone 243 & 244 Partition Assign.  
Zone 245 & 246 Partition Assign.  
Zone 247 & 248 Partition Assign.  
Zone 1 & 2 Zone Type  
Zone 95 & 96 Zone Type  
Zone 97 & 98 Zone Type  
Zone 99 & 100 Zone Type  
Zone 101 & 102 Zone Type  
Zone 103 & 104 Zone Type  
Zone 105 & 106 Zone Type  
Zone 107 & 108 Zone Type  
Zone 109 & 110 Zone Type  
Zone 111 & 112 Zone Type  
Zone 113 & 114 Zone Type  
Zone 116 & 115 Zone Type  
Zone 117 & 118 Zone Type  
Zone 119 & 120 Zone Type  
Zone 121 & 122 Zone Type  
Zone 123 & 124 Zone Type  
Zone 125 & 126 Zone Type  
Zone 127 & 128 Zone Type  
Zone 129 & 130 Zone Type  
Zone 131 & 132 Zone Type  
Zone 133 & 134 Zone Type  
Zone 135 & 136 Zone Type  
Zone 137 & 138 Zone Type  
Zone 139 & 140 Zone Type  
Zone 141 & 142 Zone Type  
Zone 143 & 144 Zone Type  
Zone 145 & 146 Zone Type  
Zone 147 & 148 Zone Type  
Zone 149 & 150 Zone Type  
Zone 151 & 152 Zone Type  
Zone 153 & 154 Zone Type  
Zone 155 & 156 Zone Type  
Zone 157 & 158 Zone Type  
Zone 159 & 160 Zone Type  
Zone 161 & 162 Zone Type  
Zone 163 & 164 Zone Type  
Zone 165 & 166 Zone Type  
Zone 167 & 168 Zone Type  
Zone 169 & 170 Zone Type  
Zone 171 & 172 Zone Type  
Zone 173 & 174 Zone Type  
Zone 175 & 176 Zone Type  
Zone 177 & 178 Zone Type  
Zone 179 & 180 Zone Type  
Zone 181 & 182 Zone Type  
Zone 183 & 184 Zone Type  
Zone 185 & 186 Zone Type  
Zone 187 & 188 Zone Type  
Zone 189 & 190 Zone Type  
Zone 191 & 192 Zone Type  
Zone 193 & 194 Zone Type  
Zone 195 & 196 Zone Type  
Zone 197 & 198 Zone Type  
Zone 199 & 200 Zone Type  
Zone 201 & 202 Zone Type  
Zone 203 & 204 Zone Type  
Zone 205 & 206 Zone Type  
Zone 207 & 208 Zone Type  
Zone 209 & 210 Zone Type  
Zone 211 & 212 Zone Type  
Zone 213 & 214 Zone Type  
Zone 215 & 216 Zone Type  
Zone 217 & 218 Zone Type  
Zone 219 & 220 Zone Type  
Zone 221 & 222 Zone Type  
Zone 225 & 226 Zone Type  
Zone 227 & 228 Zone Type  
Zone 229 & 230 Zone Type  
Zone 231 & 232 Zone Type  
Zone 233 & 234 Zone Type  
Zone 235 & 236 Zone Type  
Zone 237 & 238 Zone Type  
Zone 239 & 240 Zone Type  
Zone 241 & 242 Zone Type  
Zone 243 & 244 Zone Type  
Zone 245 & 246 Zone Type  
Zone 247 & 248 Zone Type  
Alpha for Partition 1  
Alpha for Partition 2  
Alpha for Partition 3  
Alpha for Partition 4  
Alpha for Partition 5  
Alpha for Partition 6  
Alpha for Partition 7  
Alpha for Partition 8  
Alpha for Zone Number 1  
Alpha for Zone Number 2  
Alpha for Zone Number 3  
Alpha for Zone Number 4  
Alpha for Zone Number 5  
Alpha for Zone Number 6  
Alpha for Zone Number 7  
Alpha for Zone Number 8  
Alpha for Zone Number 9  
Alpha for Zone Number 10  
Alpha for Zone Number 11  
Alpha for Zone Number 12  
Alpha for Zone Number 13  
Alpha for Zone Number 14  
Alpha for Zone Number 15  
Alpha for Zone Number 16  
Alpha for Zone Number 17  
Alpha for Zone Number 18  
Alpha for Zone Number 19  
Alpha for Zone Number 20  
Alpha for Zone Number 21  
Alpha for Zone Number 22  
Alpha for Zone Number 23  
Alpha for Zone Number 24  
Alpha for Zone Number 25  
Alpha for Zone Number 26  
Alpha for Zone Number 27  
Alpha for Zone Number 28  
Alpha for Zone Number 29  
Alpha for Zone Number 30  
Alpha for Zone Number 31  
Alpha for Zone Number 32  
Alpha for Zone Number 33  
Alpha for Zone Number 34  
Alpha for Zone Number 35  
Alpha for Zone Number 36  
Alpha for Zone Number 37  
Alpha for Zone Number 38  
Alpha for Zone Number 39  
Alpha for Zone Number 40  
Alpha for Zone Number 41  
Alpha for Zone Number 42  
Alpha for Zone Number 43  
Alpha for Zone Number 44  
Zone 3 & 4 Zone Type  
Zone 5 & 6 Zone Type  
Zone 7 & 8 Zone Type  
Zone 9 & 10 Zone Type  
Zone 11 & 12 Zone Type  
Zone 13 & 14 Zone Type  
Zone 15 & 16 Zone Type  
Zone 17 & 18 Zone Type  
Zone 19 & 20 Zone Type  
Zone 21 & 22 Zone Type  
Zone 23 & 24 Zone Type  
Zone 25 & 26 Zone Type  
Zone 27 & 28 Zone Type  
Zone 29 & 30 Zone Type  
Zone 31 & 32 Zone Type  
Zone 33 & 34 Zone Type  
Zone 35 & 36 Zone Type  
Zone 37 & 38 Zone Type  
Zone 39 & 40 Zone Type  
Zone 41 & 42 Zone Type  
Zone 43 & 44 Zone Type  
Zone 45 & 46 Zone Type  
Zone 47 & 48 Zone Type  
Zone 49 & 50 Zone Type  
Zone 51 & 52 Zone Type  
Zone 53 & 54 Zone Type  
Zone 55 & 56 Zone Type  
Zone 57 & 58 Zone Type  
Zone 59 & 60 Zone Type  
Zone 61 & 62 Zone Type  
Zone 63 & 64 Zone Type  
Zone 65 & 66 Zone Type  
Zone 67 & 68 Zone Type  
Zone 69 & 70 Zone Type  
Zone 71 & 72 Zone Type  
Zone 73 & 74 Zone Type  
Zone 75 & 76 Zone Type  
Zone 77 & 78 Zone Type  
Zone 79 & 80 Zone Type  
Zone 81 & 82 Zone Type  
Zone 83 & 84 Zone Type  
Zone 85 & 86 Zone Type  
Zone 87 & 88 Zone Type  
Zone 89 & 90 Zone Type  
Zone 91 & 92 Zone Type  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 95  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Address Description  
Alpha for Zone Number 45  
Address Description  
Alpha for Zone Number 110  
Address Description  
1377  
1393  
1409  
1425  
1441  
1457  
1473  
1489  
1505  
1521  
1537  
1553  
1569  
1585  
1601  
1617  
1633  
1649  
1665  
1681  
1697  
1713  
1729  
1745  
1761  
1777  
1793  
1809  
1825  
1841  
1857  
1873  
1889  
1905  
1921  
1937  
1953  
1969  
1985  
2001  
2017  
2033  
2049  
2065  
2081  
2097  
2113  
2129  
2145  
2161  
2177  
2193  
2209  
2225  
2241  
2257  
2273  
2289  
2305  
2321  
2337  
2353  
2369  
2385  
2401  
2417  
2433  
2449  
2465  
2481  
2497  
2513  
2529  
2545  
2561  
2577  
2593  
2609  
2625  
2641  
2657  
2673  
2689  
2705  
2721  
2722  
2723  
2724  
2725  
2726  
2727  
2728  
2729  
2731  
2732  
2733  
2734  
2735  
2736  
2737  
2738  
2740  
2742  
2744  
2746  
2748  
2750  
2752  
2754  
2756  
2758  
2760  
2762  
2764  
2766  
2768  
2770  
2772  
2775  
2778  
2781  
2784  
2787  
2790  
2793  
2796  
2799  
2802  
2805  
2808  
2811  
2814  
2817  
2820  
2823  
2826  
2829  
2832  
2835  
2838  
2841  
2844  
2845  
2846  
2847  
2848  
2849  
2850  
2851  
2852  
2853  
2854  
2855  
2856  
2857  
2858  
2859  
2860  
2861  
2862  
2863  
3131  
3132  
3133  
3134  
3135  
3136  
3137  
3138  
Output Function 14  
Output Function 15  
Output Function 16  
Output Function 17  
Output Function 18  
Output Function 19  
Output Function 20  
Output Function 21  
Alpha for Zone Number 46  
Alpha for Zone Number 47  
Alpha for Zone Number 48  
Alpha for Zone Number 49  
Alpha for Zone Number 50  
Alpha for Zone Number 51  
Alpha for Zone Number 52  
Alpha for Zone Number 53  
Alpha for Zone Number 54  
Alpha for Zone Number 55  
Alpha for Zone Number 56  
Alpha for Zone Number 57  
Alpha for Zone Number 58  
Alpha for Zone Number 59  
Alpha for Zone Number 60  
Alpha for Zone Number 61  
Alpha for Zone Number 62  
Alpha for Zone Number 63  
Alpha for Zone Number 64  
Alpha for Zone Number 65  
Alpha for Zone Number 66  
Alpha for Zone Number 67  
Alpha for Zone Number 68  
Alpha for Zone Number 69  
Alpha for Zone Number 70  
Alpha for Zone Number 71  
Alpha for Zone Number 72  
Alpha for Zone Number 73  
Alpha for Zone Number 74  
Alpha for Zone Number 75  
Alpha for Zone Number 76  
Alpha for Zone Number 77  
Alpha for Zone Number 78  
Alpha for Zone Number 79  
Alpha for Zone Number 80  
Alpha for Zone Number 81  
Alpha for Zone Number 82  
Alpha for Zone Number 83  
Alpha for Zone Number 84  
Alpha for Zone Number 85  
Alpha for Zone Number 86  
Alpha for Zone Number 87  
Alpha for Zone Number 88  
Alpha for Zone Number 89  
Alpha for Zone Number 90  
Alpha for Zone Number 91  
Alpha for Zone Number 92  
Alpha for Zone Number 93  
Alpha for Zone Number 94  
Alpha for Zone Number 95  
Alpha for Zone Number 96  
Alpha for Zone Number 97  
Alpha for Zone Number 98  
Alpha for Zone Number 99  
Alpha for Zone Number 100  
Alpha for Zone Number 101  
Alpha for Zone Number 102  
Alpha for Zone Number 103  
Alpha for Zone Number 104  
Alpha for Zone Number 105  
Alpha for Zone Number 106  
Alpha for Zone Number 107  
Alpha for Zone Number 108  
Alpha for Zone Number 109  
Alpha for Zone Number 111  
Alpha for Zone Number 112  
Alpha for Zone Number 113  
Alpha for Zone Number 114  
Alpha for Zone Number 115  
Alpha for Zone Number 116  
Alpha for Zone Number 117  
Alpha for Zone Number 118  
Alpha for Zone Number 119  
Alpha for Zone Number 120  
Alpha for Zone Number 121  
Alpha for Zone Number 122  
Alpha for Zone Number 123  
Alpha for Zone Number 124  
Alpha for Zone Number 125  
Alpha for Zone Number 126  
Alpha for Zone Number 127  
Alpha for Zone Number 128  
Zone Function Bypass 1-8  
Zone Function Bypass 9-16  
Zone Function Bypass 17-24  
Zone Function Bypass 25-30  
Command 4 (Cust.) Arming 1-8  
Command 4 (Cust.) Arming 9-16  
Command 4 (Cust.) Arming 17-24  
Command 4 (Cust.) Arming 25-30  
RF Zone Group Program. 129-248  
Receiver Configuration  
Output Function 22  
Output Function 23  
Output Function 24  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Octal Relay Partition Assignment  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Output Function Partition Assign.  
Keypad Assignment  
Force Arming & Ground Fault  
Commerical Fire Mode  
Alarm Output  
Programmable Output Type 1  
Programmable Output Type 2  
Output Part. Assign. & Bell Output  
Output Part. Assign. & Keyfob Chirp  
Octal Module #1, Relay #1  
Octal Module #1, Relay #2  
Octal Module #1, Relay #3  
Octal Module #1, Relay #4  
Octal Module #1, Relay #5  
Octal Module #1, Relay #6  
Octal Module #1, Relay #7  
Octal Module #1, Relay #8  
Octal Module #2, Relay #1  
Octal Module #2, Relay #2  
Octal Module #2, Relay #3  
Octal Module #2, Relay #4  
Octal Module #2, Relay #5  
Octal Module #2, Relay #6  
Octal Module #2, Relay #7  
Octal Module #2, Relay #8  
Output Function 1  
Output Function 2  
Output Function 3  
Output Function 4  
Output Function 5  
Output Function 6  
Output Function 7  
Output Function 8  
Output Function 9  
Output Function 10  
Output Function 11  
Output Function 12  
Output Function 13  
Keypad Assignment  
Keypad Assignment  
Keypad Assignment  
Keypad Assignment  
Keypad Assignment  
Keypad Assignment  
Keypad Assignment & Backlight  
Control  
3139  
3140  
3141  
3142  
3143  
3144  
3145  
3146  
3147  
3148  
3149  
3151  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Keypad Partition Assignment  
Function Key Programming  
Function Key Programming  
Open/Close Report Control  
Open/Close Rprt. & Zone Alarm  
Routing  
3152  
3153  
3154  
3155  
3156  
3157  
3158  
3159  
3175  
3191  
3207  
3208  
System Routing  
Phone/DS7416i Routing  
Phone/DS7416i Routing  
Phone Number General Control  
Phone Number 1 Control  
Phone Number 2 Control  
Answer Ring Count (Arm/Disarm)  
Phone Number 1  
Phone Number 2  
Phone Number 3  
Keypad Fire Alarm Report  
Keypad Fire Restoral Report  
Page 96  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Address Description  
Zone Function 1 Alarm Report  
Address Description  
Zone Function 4 Trouble Report  
Address Description  
3209  
3210  
3211  
3212  
3213  
3214  
3215  
3216  
3217  
3218  
3219  
3220  
3221  
3222  
3223  
3224  
3225  
3226  
3227  
3228  
3229  
3230  
3231  
3232  
3233  
3234  
3235  
3236  
3237  
3238  
3239  
3240  
3241  
3242  
3243  
3244  
3245  
3246  
3247  
3248  
3249  
3250  
3251  
3252  
3253  
3254  
3255  
3256  
3257  
3258  
3259  
3260  
3261  
3262  
3263  
3264  
3265  
3266  
3267  
3268  
3269  
3270  
3271  
3272  
3273  
3274  
3275  
3276  
3277  
3278  
3279  
3280  
3281  
3282  
3283  
3284  
3285  
3286  
3287  
3288  
3289  
3290  
3291  
3292  
3293  
3294  
3295  
3296  
3297  
3298  
3299  
3300  
3301  
3302  
3303  
3304  
3305  
3306  
3307  
3308  
3309  
3310  
3311  
3312  
3313  
3314  
3339  
3340  
AC Restoral Report  
Communicator Test/System  
Normal Report  
Zone Function 2 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 3 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 4 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 5 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 6 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 7 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 8 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 9 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 10 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 11 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 12 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 13 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 14 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 15 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 16 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 17 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 18 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 19 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 20 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 21 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 22 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 23 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 24 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 25 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 26 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 27 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 28 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 29 Alarm Report  
Zone Function 30 Alarm Report  
Keypad Emergency Report  
Zone Function 5 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 6 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 7 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 8 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 9 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 10 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 11 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 12 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 13 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 14 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 15 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 16 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 17 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 18 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 19 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 20 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 21 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 22 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 23 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 24 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 25 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 26 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 27 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 28 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 29 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 30 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 1 Trouble Restoral 3364  
Zone Function 2 Trouble Restoral 3365  
Zone Function 3 Trouble Restoral 3366  
Zone Function 4 Trouble Restoral 3367  
Zone Function 5 Trouble Restoral 3368  
Zone Function 6 Trouble Restoral 3369  
Zone Function 7 Trouble Restoral 3370  
Zone Function 8 Trouble Restoral 3371  
Zone Function 9 Trouble Restoral 3372  
Zone Function 10 Trouble Restoral 3373  
Zone Function 11 Trouble Restoral 3374  
Zone Function 12 Trouble Restoral 3375  
Zone Function 13 Trouble Restoral 3376  
Zone Function 14 Trouble Restoral 3377  
Zone Function 15 Trouble Restoral 3378  
Zone Function 16 Trouble Restoral 3379  
Zone Function 17 Trouble Restoral 3380  
Zone Function 18 Trouble Restoral 3381  
Zone Function 19 Trouble Restoral 3382  
Zone Function 20 Trouble Restoral 3383  
Zone Function 21 Trouble Restoral 3384  
Zone Function 22 Trouble Restoral 3385  
Zone Function 23 Trouble Restoral 3386  
Zone Function 24 Trouble Restoral 3387  
Zone Function 25 Trouble Restoral 3388  
Zone Function 26 Trouble Restoral 3389  
Zone Function 27 Trouble Restoral 3390  
Zone Function 28 Trouble Restoral 3391  
Zone Function 29 Trouble Restoral 3392  
Zone Function 30 Trouble Restoral 3393  
3341  
3342  
3343  
3344  
3345  
3346  
3347  
Remote Prog. Successful Report  
Remote Prog. Unsuccessful Report  
Local Prog. Successful Rprt.  
Local Prog. Unsuccessful Report  
System Trouble Report  
Sysem Trouble Restoral Report  
Communicator Test/System Off  
Normal Report  
3348  
3349  
3350  
3351  
3352  
3353  
3354  
3355  
3356  
3357  
3358  
3359  
3360  
3361  
3362  
3363  
Exit Error Report  
Recent Closing Report  
System Walk Test Report  
System Walk Test Restoral  
Fire Walk Test Report  
Fire Walk Test Restoral  
Mux Low Temperature Report  
Mux Low Temperature Restoral  
Dirty Smoke Chamber Report  
Dirty Smoke Chamber Restoral  
Zone Function 1 Bypass  
Zone Function 2 Bypass  
Zone Function 3 Bypass  
Zone Function 4 Bypass  
Zone Function 5 Bypass  
Zone Function 6 Bypass  
Zone Function 7 Bypass  
Zone Function 8 Bypass  
Zone Function 9 Bypass  
Zone Function 10 Bypass  
Zone Function 11 Bypass  
Zone Function 12 Bypass  
Zone Function 13 Bypass  
Zone Function 14 Bypass  
Zone Function 15 Bypass  
Zone Function 16 Bypass  
Zone Function 17 Bypass  
Zone Function 18 Bypass  
Zone Function 19 Bypass  
Zone Function 20 Bypass  
Zone Function 21 Bypass  
Zone Function 22 Bypass  
Zone Function 23 Bypass  
Zone Function 24 Bypass  
Zone Function 25 Bypass  
Zone Function 26 Bypass  
Zone Function 27 Bypass  
Zone Function 28 Bypass  
Zone Function 29 Bypass  
Zone Function 30 Bypass  
Zone Func. 1 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 2 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 3 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 4 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 5 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 6 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 7 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 8 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 9 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 10 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 11 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 12 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 13 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 14 Bypass Restoral  
Keypad Panic Report  
Zone Function 1 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 2 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 3 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 4 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 5 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 6 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 7 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 8 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 9 Restoral Report  
Zone Function 10 Restoral Report 3315  
Zone Function 11 Restoral Report 3316  
Zone Function 12 Restoral Report 3317  
Zone Function 13 Restoral Report 3318  
Zone Function 14 Restoral Report 3319  
Zone Function 15 Restoral Report 3320  
Zone Function 16 Restoral Report 3321  
Zone Function 17 Restoral Report 3322  
Zone Function 18 Restoral Report 3323  
Zone Function 19 Restoral Report 3324  
Zone Function 20 Restoral Report 3325  
Zone Function 21 Restoral Report 3326  
Zone Function 22 Restoral Report 3327  
Zone Function 23 Restoral Report 3328  
Zone Function 24 Restoral Report 3329  
Zone Function 25 Restoral Report 3330  
Zone Function 26 Restoral Report 3331  
Zone Function 27 Restoral Report 3332  
Zone Function 28 Restoral Report 3333  
Zone Function 29 Restoral Report 3334  
Zone Function 30 Restoral Report 3335  
Open Report  
Close Report  
Duress Report  
3394  
3395  
3396  
3397  
3398  
3399  
3400  
3401  
Partial Close Report  
First Open After Alarm Report.  
Low Battery Report  
Low Battery Restoral Report  
AC Fail Report  
Zone Function 1 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 2 Trouble Report  
Zone Function 3 Trouble Report  
3336  
3337  
3338  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 97  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Address Description  
Zone Func. 15 Bypass Restoral  
Address Description  
Alpha for Zone Number 132  
Address Description  
Alpha for Zone Number 197  
3402  
3403  
3404  
3405  
3406  
3407  
3408  
3409  
3410  
3411  
3412  
3413  
3414  
3415  
3416  
3417  
3418  
3419  
3420  
3421  
3422  
3423  
3424  
3425  
3426  
3427  
3428  
3429  
3431  
3433  
3435  
3437  
3439  
3441  
3443  
3445  
3447  
3449  
3451  
3453  
3455  
3457  
3459  
3477  
3478  
4019  
4020  
4021  
5049  
5065  
5081  
5097  
5113  
5129  
5145  
5161  
5177  
5193  
5209  
5225  
5241  
5257  
5273  
5289  
5305  
5321  
5337  
5353  
5369  
5385  
5401  
5417  
5433  
5449  
5465  
5481  
5497  
5513  
5529  
5545  
5561  
5577  
5593  
5609  
5625  
5641  
5657  
5673  
5689  
5705  
5721  
5737  
5753  
5769  
5785  
5801  
5817  
5833  
5849  
5865  
5881  
5897  
5913  
5929  
5945  
5961  
5977  
5993  
6009  
6089  
6105  
6121  
6137  
6153  
6169  
6185  
6201  
6217  
6233  
6249  
6265  
6281  
6297  
6313  
6329  
5345  
6361  
6377  
6393  
6409  
6425  
6441  
6457  
6473  
6489  
6505  
6521  
6537  
6553  
6569  
6585  
6601  
6617  
6633  
6649  
6665  
6681  
6697  
6713  
6729  
6745  
6761  
6777  
6793  
6809  
6825  
6841  
6857  
6873  
6889  
6905  
Zone Func. 16 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 17 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 18 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 19 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 20 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 21 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 22 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 23 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 24 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 25 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 26 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 27 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 28 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 29 Bypass Restoral  
Zone Func. 30 Bypass Restoral  
Keypad Tamper  
Alpha for Zone Number 133  
Alpha for Zone Number 134  
Alpha for Zone Number 135  
Alpha for Zone Number 136  
Alpha for Zone Number 137  
Alpha for Zone Number 138  
Alpha for Zone Number 139  
Alpha for Zone Number 140  
Alpha for Zone Number 141  
Alpha for Zone Number 142  
Alpha for Zone Number 143  
Alpha for Zone Number 144  
Alpha for Zone Number 145  
Alpha for Zone Number 146  
Alpha for Zone Number 147  
Alpha for Zone Number 148  
Alpha for Zone Number 149  
Alpha for Zone Number 150  
Alpha for Zone Number 151  
Alpha for Zone Number 152  
Alpha for Zone Number 153  
Alpha for Zone Number 154  
Alpha for Zone Number 155  
Alpha for Zone Number 156  
Alpha for Zone Number 157  
Alpha for Zone Number 158  
Alpha for Zone Number 159  
Alpha for Zone Number 160  
Alpha for Zone Number 161  
Alpha for Zone Number 162  
Alpha for Zone Number 163  
Alpha for Zone Number 164  
Alpha for Zone Number 165  
Alpha for Zone Number 166  
Alpha for Zone Number 167  
Alpha for Zone Number 168  
Alpha for Zone Number 169  
Alpha for Zone Number 170  
Alpha for Zone Number 171  
Alpha for Zone Number 172  
Alpha for Zone Number 173  
Alpha for Zone Number 174  
Alpha for Zone Number 175  
Alpha for Zone Number 176  
Alpha for Zone Number 177  
Alpha for Zone Number 178  
Alpha for Zone Number 179  
Alpha for Zone Number 180  
Alpha for Zone Number 181  
Alpha for Zone Number 182  
Alpha for Zone Number 183  
Alpha for Zone Number 184  
Alpha for Zone Number 185  
Alpha for Zone Number 186  
Alpha for Zone Number 187  
Alpha for Zone Number 188  
Alpha for Zone Number 189  
Alpha for Zone Number 190  
Alpha for Zone Number 191  
Alpha for Zone Number 192  
Alpha for Zone Number 193  
Alpha for Zone Number 194  
Alpha for Zone Number 195  
Alpha for Zone Number 196  
Alpha for Zone Number 198  
Alpha for Zone Number 199  
Alpha for Zone Number 200  
Alpha for Zone Number 201  
Alpha for Zone Number 202  
Alpha for Zone Number 203  
Alpha for Zone Number 204  
Alpha for Zone Number 205  
Alpha for Zone Number 206  
Alpha for Zone Number 207  
Alpha for Zone Number 208  
Alpha for Zone Number 209  
Alpha for Zone Number 210  
Alpha for Zone Number 211  
Alpha for Zone Number 212  
Alpha for Zone Number 213  
Alpha for Zone Number 214  
Alpha for Zone Number 215  
Alpha for Zone Number 216  
Alpha for Zone Number 217  
Alpha for Zone Number 218  
Alpha for Zone Number 219  
Alpha for Zone Number 220  
Alpha for Zone Number 221  
Alpha for Zone Number 222  
Alpha for Zone Number 223  
Alpha for Zone Number 224  
Alpha for Zone Number 225  
Alpha for Zone Number 226  
Alpha for Zone Number 227  
Alpha for Zone Number 228  
Alpha for Zone Number 229  
Alpha for Zone Number 230  
Alpha for Zone Number 231  
Alpha for Zone Number 232  
Alpha for Zone Number 233  
Alpha for Zone Number 234  
Alpha for Zone Number 235  
Alpha for Zone Number 236  
Alpha for Zone Number 237  
Alpha for Zone Number 238  
Alpha for Zone Number 239  
Alpha for Zone Number 240  
Alpha for Zone Number 241  
Alpha for Zone Number 242  
Alpha for Zone Number 243  
Alpha for Zone Number 244  
Alpha for Zone Number 245  
Alpha for Zone Number 246  
Alpha for Zone Number 247  
Alpha for Zone Number 248  
Keypad Tamper Restoral  
Partition Control  
Part. 1 & 2 General Code Control  
Part. 3 & 4 General Code Control  
Part. 5 & 6 General Code Control  
Part. 7 & 8 General Code Control  
Part. 1 & 2 Arming Warning Cntrl.  
Part. 3 & 4 Arming Warning Cntrl.  
Part. 5 & 6 Arming Warning Cntrl.  
Part. 7 & 8 Arming Warning Cntrl.  
Partition 1 Account Code 1  
Partition 1 Account Code 2  
Partition 2 Account Code 1  
Partition 2 Account Code 2  
Partition 3 Account Code 1  
Partition 3 Account Code 2  
Partition 4 Account Code 1  
Partition 4 Account Code 2  
Partition 5 Account Code 1  
Partition 5 Account Code 2  
Partition 6 Account Code 1  
Partition 6 Account Code 2  
Partition 7 Account Code 1  
Partition 7 Account Code 2  
Partition 8 Account Code 1  
Partition 8 Account Code 2  
Quick Arm Allowed  
PIN Length  
DS7412 Interface Control  
DS7412 Interface Configuration  
Dual Phone Line / Bell  
Supervision Module Output  
Comm. Test Report Timer  
Remote Programmer Timer  
Test Report & Remote  
4022  
4024  
4026  
Programmer Call-Out  
4027  
4028  
4029  
4030  
4032  
4033  
4034  
4038  
4039  
5001  
5017  
5033  
CR/LF Control  
Entry Delay Time 1  
Entry Delay Time 2  
Exit Delay Time  
Fire Bell Cutoff  
Burglary Bell Cutoff  
AC Fail Report Delay  
Pager Delay Timer  
RF Receiver Jam Detection Level 6025  
Alpha for Zone Number 129  
Alpha for Zone Number 130  
Alpha for Zone Number 131  
6041  
6057  
6073  
Page 98  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Reference Guide  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index  
Symbols  
D
K
24-Hour Zone ............................................... 19  
4/2 Format ..................................................... 79  
Day Monitor................................................... 20  
Defaults, Factory .......................................... 32  
Delayed Arming .............................................. 1  
Dirty Chamber/Smoke ........................... 26, 93  
Disarming ........................................................ 1  
from Master Keypad ................................ 29  
DS7420i ........................................................ 67  
DS9484 ........................................................... 7  
.................. See also Octal Relay Modules  
Keypad ........................................................... 4  
Keypad Alarms ............................................. 26  
Keypad Assignment ............................. 22, 44  
Keypad, Master ............................................ 29  
Keypad Reports ........................................... 23  
Keypad Sounder Output .............................. 21  
Keyswitch Input ........................................... 20  
A
AC Failure Report Delay ....................... 23, 50  
AC Reports ........................................... 23, 24  
Access Control .............................................. 1  
PIN ............................................................ 28  
Access Output ............................................. 21  
Account Code Programming ......................... 56  
Ademco AB-12 Bell ...................................... 78  
Alarm  
Fire - how to silence ........................... 1, 26  
Invisible............................................. 19, 35  
Low Temperature............................. 20, 21  
on Open.................................................... 19  
on Short.................................................... 19  
Silent......................................................... 19  
Smoke ....................................................... 20  
Zone ......................................................... 21  
Zone Function .......................................... 23  
Alpha Description ......................................... 69  
Answering Machine Bypass ....................... 24  
Arm Only PIN................................................. 28  
Arming  
Custom .......................... 1, 19, 22, 34, 45  
Delayed ...................................................... 1  
Force ................................................ 22, 47  
from Master Keypad ................................ 29  
Maximum Security ....................... 1, 19, 34  
Normal ......................................... 1, 19, 34  
Perimeter ..................................... 1, 19, 34  
Perimeter Instant ......................... 1, 19, 34  
Automatic Arming, Extend .............................. 1  
L
Latch on Any Zone Alarm ............................ 21  
Load Number ................................................ 25  
Local Program Reports................................. 24  
Low Battery .................................................. 23  
Low Temperature Alarm ...................... 20, 21  
Duress PIN .................................................... 28  
E
Emergency Key ............................. 22, 26, 45  
Emergency Procedures................................ 26  
Enable Remote Programmer Callback .......... 24  
Entry Pre-Alert .............................................. 21  
Entry/Exit Delays ........................... 19, 20, 50  
Error Display ................................................... 1  
Event History .................................................. 1  
Extend Automatic Arming ............................... 1  
M
Master Code ......................................... 28, 59  
Master Keypad  
Arming from ............................................. 29  
Disarming from ......................................... 29  
Displays.................................................... 29  
Master Keypad Programming ....................... 22  
Master PIN ..................................................... 28  
Maximum Security Arming ............... 1, 19, 34  
Multiple Keypad Use ..................................... 23  
Multiple Zone Input ........................................ 20  
Multiplex  
F
Factory Defaults ........................................... 32  
Fire Key ........................................................ 22  
Fire Reset ................................................ 1, 26  
Fire Safety .................................................... 27  
Fire Trouble.............................................. 1, 26  
Alarm - how to silence .............................. 1  
Clear Display .............................................. 1  
Fire Walk Test .................................. 1, 24, 31  
Fire Zone ...................................................... 20  
First Open After Alarm ................................. 23  
Flow Zone, Water ........................................ 20  
Force Arming ................................... 1, 22, 47  
Formats  
Bus Outputs ............................................. 21  
Bus Wiring Requirements .......................... 4  
Smoke ....................................................... 20  
Zone Addressing ..................................... 86  
N
Normal Arming ................................. 1, 19, 34  
O
B
4/2 ............................................................ 79  
BFSK ........................................................ 80  
CID ............................................................ 85  
SIA ............................................................ 83  
Octal Relay Modules ..................................... 60  
ON Outputs ................................................... 21  
Open/Close Reports ...................... 23, 24, 49  
Output ............................................................. 4  
Access..................................................... 21  
Cross Matrix ..................................... 21, 66  
Keypad Sounder ...................................... 21  
Multiplex Bus ............................................ 21  
Panic/Duress ............................................ 21  
Partition Assignment ................................ 42  
Programming .................................... 21, 41  
Output Function ............................................ 21  
Partition Assignment ................................ 67  
Programming ............................................ 66  
Battery  
Backup Calculation .................................... 5  
Reports..................................................... 23  
Test ...................................................... 1, 31  
Battery/Sounder Test .............................. 1, 31  
Bell Cutoff Delays ......................................... 50  
BFSK Format................................................. 80  
Bypassing Allowed ...................................... 19  
G
General PIN ................................................... 28  
Ground Fault Detect ............................. 22, 47  
Ground Start ................................................. 21  
H
C
HEX Values ................................................... 32  
History, Read Event ................................. 1, 30  
California March Time ................................... 22  
Chime Mode .................................................... 1  
CID Formats .................................................. 85  
Clear Displays................................................. 1  
Closing Ring Back ................................. 19, 34  
Commercial Fire Mode .......................... 22, 48  
California March Time .............................. 22  
Multiple Keypad Use ................................ 23  
Pulsing Fire Zone ..................................... 22  
Single Keypad Use .................................. 23  
Temporal ................................................... 22  
Water Flow Zone Delay........................... 22  
Common Area ............................................... 22  
Communicator Test .......................... 1, 24, 31  
Custom Arming .................. 1, 19, 22, 34, 45  
I
Input  
Cross Matrix ..................................... 21, 66  
Multiple Zone ............................................ 20  
Single Zone .............................................. 20  
Installation  
Control/Communicator ................................ 8  
Enclosure ................................................... 8  
Fire Considerations .................................. 27  
Interior Delayed ............................................ 19  
Interior Entry/Exit Follower ........................... 20  
Interior Home/Away ..................................... 20  
Interior Instant ................................................ 20  
Invisible Alarm....................................... 19, 35  
DS7400Xi ( 4+) Reference Guide  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
P/N: F01U035325-01  
Page 99  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Index - continued  
P
S
W
Pager Delay .................................................. 59  
Panic Key .............................................. 22, 45  
Panic/Duress Output .................................... 21  
Partition .................................................... 4, 29  
Partition Assignment ..................................... 38  
Partition Control Programming .............. 21, 42  
Perimeter Arming ............................. 1, 19, 34  
Perimeter Instant .............................. 1, 19, 34  
Phone Answering Programming .......... 24, 58  
Phone Number  
Alternate between two ........................... 23  
Dial Pulse/Tone on All ............................... 24  
Programming .................................... 57, 74  
PIN ................................................................. 28  
Authority Levels....................................... 28  
Length ...................................................... 59  
Worksheet ........................................ 13, 14  
Program Addresses ..................................... 93  
Programmer’s Code .............................. 32, 59  
Programming a Zone .................................... 35  
Pulsing Fire Zone .......................................... 22  
SIA Formats .................................................. 83  
Silencing Alarms ...................................... 1, 26  
Silent Alarm................................................... 19  
Single Keypad Use ....................................... 23  
Single Partition Mode .................................... 29  
Single Zone Input .......................................... 20  
Siren on Communication Fail ................ 19, 34  
Smoke Alarm................................................. 20  
Solid State Output Modules .......................... 21  
Special Emergency Key ............................... 22  
Supervisory Zone ........................................ 20  
Swinger Shunts ................................... 19, 34  
System  
Problems .................................................. 89  
Status (ready to arm) .............................. 21  
Trouble Reports ....................................... 24  
Walk Test ............................................. 1, 24  
Worksheet ........................................ 12, 18  
System Reset ............................................... 30  
Water Flow Zone ......................................... 20  
Water Flow Zone Delay ............................... 22  
Wiring .................................................. 4, 9, 10  
Worksheets  
4/2 Format ................................................ 79  
Alpha Description Programming ...... 70, 73  
BFSK Format ............................................ 80  
Pager Format ............................................ 82  
Phone Number Programming ................... 74  
PIN .................................................... 13, 14  
System ............................................. 12, 18  
Zone Location and Notes ................ 15, 18  
Z
Zone................................................................ 4  
24-Hour .................................................... 19  
Alarm ........................................................ 21  
Alarm Delayed.......................................... 21  
Bypass ................................................ 1, 39  
Day Monitor .............................................. 20  
Entry/Exit Delay ................................ 19, 20  
Fire ........................................................... 20  
Interior Entry/Exit Follower....................... 20  
Interior Home/Away ................................. 20  
Interior Instant .......................................... 20  
Keyswitch Input ....................................... 20  
Location and Notes Worksheet ....... 15, 18  
Multiplex.................................................... 86  
Multiplex Smoke........................................ 20  
Perimeter Instant ...................................... 19  
Problems .................................................. 88  
Programming ............................................ 20  
Pulsing Fire ............................................... 22  
Supervisory ............................................. 20  
Water Flow .............................................. 20  
Zone Function............................................... 19  
Programming ............................................ 35  
Reports..................................................... 23  
Zone Restoral Reports ................................. 19  
Zone Test ....................................................... 31  
T
Temperature Alarm ....................................... 21  
Temporal ........................................................ 22  
Temporary PIN............................................... 28  
Test  
Battery ................................................. 1, 31  
Battery/Sounder.................................. 1, 31  
Communicator ..................................... 1, 31  
Fire Walk ............................................. 1, 31  
System Walk ....................................... 1, 31  
Test Report ................................................... 68  
Timer Programming ............................... 50, 68  
Trouble  
Q
Quick Arm Control ........................................ 43  
R
Read Event History .................................. 1, 30  
Receivers ..................................................... 58  
Remote Program Dial-out & Answer .............. 1  
Remote Program Reports ............................. 24  
Report Programming ............................. 23, 53  
Reporting Problems ...................................... 88  
Reports  
AC .................................................... 23, 24  
Battery...................................................... 23  
Communicator Test .................................. 24  
Dirty Chamber .......................................... 24  
Duress...................................................... 23  
Exit Error .................................................. 24  
Keypad ..................................................... 23  
Local Program .......................................... 24  
Mux. Smoke Low Temperature ................ 24  
Open/Close ............................... 23, 24, 49  
Remote Program....................................... 24  
System Trouble ........................................ 24  
Walk Test .................................................. 24  
Zone ................................................. 19, 23  
Zone Restoral .......................................... 19  
Reset  
Fire ...................................................... 1, 26  
On Open ................................................... 19  
On Shor ................................................... t 19  
Zone Function .......................................... 23  
U
UL Listings .................................................... 75  
Unlimited PIN .................................................. 28  
Error Display .............................................. 1  
Fire ............................................................. 1  
Restore ................................................. 19, 34  
RS232 Interface ........................................... 52  
Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
130 Perinton Parkway  
Fairport, NY, USA 14450-9199  
(800) 289-0096  
Copyright © 2007 Bosch Security Systems, Inc.  
DS7400Xi (4+) Installation Instructions  
P/N: F01U035325-01 7/07  
Page 100  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

Big Agnes Camping Equipment Three Wire Bivy Sack User Manual
Bionaire Fan BASF40W User Manual
Bogen Amplified Phone TPU 100B User Manual
Bosch Appliances Microwave Oven HMV9302 User Manual
Bosch Appliances Security Camera X10 SN User Manual
Boss Audio Systems Marine Radio RSD 10 User Manual
Braun Blood Pressure Monitor BP3550 User Manual
Briggs Stratton Air Cleaner 100600 User Manual
Casio Digital Camera EX ZS5PK User Manual
Casio Musical Instrument LK50 User Manual